##// END OF EJS Templates
hgweb: support Content Security Policy...
Gregory Szorc -
r30766:d7bf7d2b default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -0,0 +1,129 b''
1 #require serve
2
3 $ cat > web.conf << EOF
4 > [paths]
5 > / = $TESTTMP/*
6 > EOF
7
8 $ hg init repo1
9 $ cd repo1
10 $ touch foo
11 $ hg -q commit -A -m initial
12 $ cd ..
13
14 $ hg serve -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid --web-conf web.conf
15 $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS
16
17 repo index should not send Content-Security-Policy header by default
18
19 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT '' content-security-policy etag
20 200 Script output follows
21
22 static page should not send CSP by default
23
24 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT static/mercurial.js content-security-policy etag
25 200 Script output follows
26
27 repo page should not send CSP by default, should send ETag
28
29 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT repo1 content-security-policy etag
30 200 Script output follows
31 etag: W/"*" (glob)
32
33 $ killdaemons.py
34
35 Configure CSP without nonce
36
37 $ cat >> web.conf << EOF
38 > [web]
39 > csp = script-src https://example.com/ 'unsafe-inline'
40 > EOF
41
42 $ hg serve -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid --web-conf web.conf
43 $ cat hg.pid > $DAEMON_PIDS
44
45 repo index should send Content-Security-Policy header when enabled
46
47 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT '' content-security-policy etag
48 200 Script output follows
49 content-security-policy: script-src https://example.com/ 'unsafe-inline'
50
51 static page should send CSP when enabled
52
53 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT static/mercurial.js content-security-policy etag
54 200 Script output follows
55 content-security-policy: script-src https://example.com/ 'unsafe-inline'
56
57 repo page should send CSP by default, include etag w/o nonce
58
59 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT repo1 content-security-policy etag
60 200 Script output follows
61 content-security-policy: script-src https://example.com/ 'unsafe-inline'
62 etag: W/"*" (glob)
63
64 nonce should not be added to html if CSP doesn't use it
65
66 $ get-with-headers.py localhost:$HGPORT repo1/graph/tip | egrep 'content-security-policy|<script'
67 <script type="text/javascript" src="/repo1/static/mercurial.js"></script>
68 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="/repo1/static/excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
69 <script type="text/javascript">
70 <script type="text/javascript">
71
72 Configure CSP with nonce
73
74 $ killdaemons.py
75 $ cat >> web.conf << EOF
76 > csp = image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-%nonce%'
77 > EOF
78
79 $ hg serve -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid --web-conf web.conf
80 $ cat hg.pid > $DAEMON_PIDS
81
82 nonce should be substituted in CSP header
83
84 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT '' content-security-policy etag
85 200 Script output follows
86 content-security-policy: image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-*' (glob)
87
88 nonce should be included in CSP for static pages
89
90 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT static/mercurial.js content-security-policy etag
91 200 Script output follows
92 content-security-policy: image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-*' (glob)
93
94 repo page should have nonce, no ETag
95
96 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT repo1 content-security-policy etag
97 200 Script output follows
98 content-security-policy: image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-*' (glob)
99
100 nonce should be added to html when used
101
102 $ get-with-headers.py localhost:$HGPORT repo1/graph/tip content-security-policy | egrep 'content-security-policy|<script'
103 content-security-policy: image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-*' (glob)
104 <script type="text/javascript" src="/repo1/static/mercurial.js"></script>
105 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="/repo1/static/excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
106 <script type="text/javascript" nonce="*"> (glob)
107 <script type="text/javascript" nonce="*"> (glob)
108
109 hgweb_mod w/o hgwebdir works as expected
110
111 $ killdaemons.py
112
113 $ hg -R repo1 serve -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid --config "web.csp=image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-%nonce%'"
114 $ cat hg.pid > $DAEMON_PIDS
115
116 static page sends CSP
117
118 $ get-with-headers.py --headeronly localhost:$HGPORT static/mercurial.js content-security-policy etag
119 200 Script output follows
120 content-security-policy: image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-*' (glob)
121
122 nonce included in <script> and headers
123
124 $ get-with-headers.py localhost:$HGPORT graph/tip content-security-policy | egrep 'content-security-policy|<script'
125 content-security-policy: image-src 'self'; script-src https://example.com/ 'nonce-*' (glob)
126 <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
127 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="/static/excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
128 <script type="text/javascript" nonce="*"> (glob)
129 <script type="text/javascript" nonce="*"> (glob)
@@ -1,2303 +1,2317 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
59 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
61 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
63 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
63 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
64
64
65 .. container:: verbose.windows
65 .. container:: verbose.windows
66
66
67 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
67 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
68
68
69 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
69 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
70 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
70 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
72 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
72 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
74 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
75 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
75 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
76 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
76 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
77 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
78
78
79 .. note::
79 .. note::
80
80
81 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
81 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
82 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
82 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
83
83
84 .. container:: windows
84 .. container:: windows
85
85
86 On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
86 On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
87
87
88 .. container:: verbose.plan9
88 .. container:: verbose.plan9
89
89
90 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
90 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
91
91
92 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
92 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
93 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
93 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
94 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
94 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
96 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
96 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
98 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
98 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
99
99
100 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
100 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
101 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
101 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
102 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
102 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
103 this file override options in all other configuration files.
103 this file override options in all other configuration files.
104
104
105 .. container:: unix.plan9
105 .. container:: unix.plan9
106
106
107 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
107 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
108 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
108 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
109 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
109 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
110
110
111 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
111 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
112 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
112 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
113 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
113 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
114 options.
114 options.
115
115
116 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
116 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
117 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
117 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
118 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
118 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
119
119
120 .. container:: unix.plan9
120 .. container:: unix.plan9
121
121
122 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
122 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
123 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
123 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
124 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
124 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
125 directory.
125 directory.
126
126
127 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
127 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
128 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
128 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
129 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
129 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
130 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
130 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
131 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
131 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
132 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
132 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
133 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
133 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
134
134
135 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
135 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
136 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
136 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
137 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
137 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
138 override per-installation options.
138 override per-installation options.
139
139
140 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
140 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
141 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
141 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
142 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
142 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
143 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
143 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
144 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
144 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
145 there.
145 there.
146
146
147 Syntax
147 Syntax
148 ======
148 ======
149
149
150 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
150 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
151 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
151 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
152 ``configuration keys``)::
152 ``configuration keys``)::
153
153
154 [spam]
154 [spam]
155 eggs=ham
155 eggs=ham
156 green=
156 green=
157 eggs
157 eggs
158
158
159 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
159 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
160 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
160 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
161 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
161 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
162 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
162 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
163
163
164 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
164 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
165 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
165 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
166
166
167 [spam]
167 [spam]
168 eggs=large
168 eggs=large
169 ham=serrano
169 ham=serrano
170 eggs=small
170 eggs=small
171
171
172 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
172 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
173
173
174 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
174 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
175 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
175 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
176 example::
176 example::
177
177
178 [foo]
178 [foo]
179 eggs=large
179 eggs=large
180 ham=serrano
180 ham=serrano
181 eggs=small
181 eggs=small
182
182
183 [bar]
183 [bar]
184 eggs=ham
184 eggs=ham
185 green=
185 green=
186 eggs
186 eggs
187
187
188 [foo]
188 [foo]
189 ham=prosciutto
189 ham=prosciutto
190 eggs=medium
190 eggs=medium
191 bread=toasted
191 bread=toasted
192
192
193 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
193 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
194 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
194 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
195 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
195 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
196 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
196 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
197
197
198 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
198 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
199 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
199 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
200 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
200 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
201 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
201 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
202 above.
202 above.
203
203
204 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
204 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
205 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
205 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
206 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
206 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
207 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
207 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
208 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
208 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
209 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
209 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
210
210
211 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
211 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
212
212
213 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
213 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
214
214
215 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
215 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
216 section, if it has been set previously.
216 section, if it has been set previously.
217
217
218 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
218 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
219 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
219 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
220 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
220 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
221 (all case insensitive).
221 (all case insensitive).
222
222
223 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
223 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
224 placed in double quotation marks::
224 placed in double quotation marks::
225
225
226 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
226 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
227
227
228 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
228 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
229 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
229 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
230 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
230 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
231
231
232 Sections
232 Sections
233 ========
233 ========
234
234
235 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
235 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
236 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
236 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
237 keys, and their possible values.
237 keys, and their possible values.
238
238
239 ``alias``
239 ``alias``
240 ---------
240 ---------
241
241
242 Defines command aliases.
242 Defines command aliases.
243
243
244 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
244 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
245 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
245 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
246 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
246 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
247 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
247 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
248 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
248 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
249 command to be executed.
249 command to be executed.
250
250
251 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
251 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
252
252
253 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
253 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
254
254
255 For example, this definition::
255 For example, this definition::
256
256
257 latest = log --limit 5
257 latest = log --limit 5
258
258
259 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
259 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
260 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
260 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
261
261
262 stable5 = latest -b stable
262 stable5 = latest -b stable
263
263
264 .. note::
264 .. note::
265
265
266 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
266 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
267 existing commands, which will then override the original
267 existing commands, which will then override the original
268 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
268 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
269
269
270 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
270 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
271 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
271 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
272 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
272 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
273
273
274 echo = !echo $@
274 echo = !echo $@
275
275
276 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
276 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
277 terminal. A better example might be::
277 terminal. A better example might be::
278
278
279 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm
279 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm
280
280
281 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
281 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
282 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
282 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
283
283
284 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
284 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
285 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
285 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
286 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
286 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
287 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
287 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
288 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
288 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
289 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
289 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
290
290
291 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
291 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
292 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
292 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
293 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
293 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
294 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
294 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
295 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
295 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
296 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
296 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
297
297
298 .. note::
298 .. note::
299
299
300 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
300 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
301 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
301 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
302 aliases.
302 aliases.
303
303
304
304
305 ``annotate``
305 ``annotate``
306 ------------
306 ------------
307
307
308 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
308 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
309 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
309 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
310 related options for the diff command.
310 related options for the diff command.
311
311
312 ``ignorews``
312 ``ignorews``
313 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
313 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
314
314
315 ``ignorewsamount``
315 ``ignorewsamount``
316 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
316 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
317
317
318 ``ignoreblanklines``
318 ``ignoreblanklines``
319 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
319 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
320
320
321
321
322 ``auth``
322 ``auth``
323 --------
323 --------
324
324
325 Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section
325 Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section
326 allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging
326 allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging
327 *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if
327 *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if
328 you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server.
328 you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server.
329
329
330 Each line has the following format::
330 Each line has the following format::
331
331
332 <name>.<argument> = <value>
332 <name>.<argument> = <value>
333
333
334 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
334 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
335 entries. Example::
335 entries. Example::
336
336
337 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
337 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
338 foo.username = foo
338 foo.username = foo
339 foo.password = bar
339 foo.password = bar
340 foo.schemes = http https
340 foo.schemes = http https
341
341
342 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
342 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
343 bar.key = path/to/file.key
343 bar.key = path/to/file.key
344 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
344 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
345 bar.schemes = https
345 bar.schemes = https
346
346
347 Supported arguments:
347 Supported arguments:
348
348
349 ``prefix``
349 ``prefix``
350 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
350 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
351 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
351 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
352 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
352 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
353 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
353 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
354 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
354 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
355 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
355 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
356
356
357 ``username``
357 ``username``
358 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
358 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
359 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
359 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
360 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
360 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
361 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
361 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
362 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
362 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
363 username or without a username will be considered.
363 username or without a username will be considered.
364
364
365 ``password``
365 ``password``
366 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
366 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
367 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
367 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
368 will be prompted for it.
368 will be prompted for it.
369
369
370 ``key``
370 ``key``
371 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
371 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
372 variables are expanded in the filename.
372 variables are expanded in the filename.
373
373
374 ``cert``
374 ``cert``
375 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
375 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
376 variables are expanded in the filename.
376 variables are expanded in the filename.
377
377
378 ``schemes``
378 ``schemes``
379 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
379 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
380 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
380 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
381 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
381 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
382 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
382 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
383 (default: https)
383 (default: https)
384
384
385 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
385 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
386 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
386 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
387
387
388
388
389 ``committemplate``
389 ``committemplate``
390 ------------------
390 ------------------
391
391
392 ``changeset``
392 ``changeset``
393 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
393 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
394 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
394 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
395
395
396 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
396 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
397 below can be used for customization:
397 below can be used for customization:
398
398
399 ``extramsg``
399 ``extramsg``
400 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
400 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
401 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
401 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
402
402
403 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
403 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
404 one shown by default::
404 one shown by default::
405
405
406 [committemplate]
406 [committemplate]
407 changeset = {desc}\n\n
407 changeset = {desc}\n\n
408 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
408 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
409 HG: {extramsg}
409 HG: {extramsg}
410 HG: --
410 HG: --
411 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
411 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
412 "HG: branch merge\n")
412 "HG: branch merge\n")
413 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
413 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
414 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
414 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
415 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
415 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
416 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
416 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
417 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
417 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
418 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
418 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
419 "HG: no files changed\n")}
419 "HG: no files changed\n")}
420
420
421 ``diff()``
421 ``diff()``
422 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
422 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
423
423
424 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
424 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
425 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
425 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
426 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
426 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
427 it::
427 it::
428
428
429 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
429 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
430
430
431 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
431 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
432 extra message::
432 extra message::
433
433
434 [committemplate]
434 [committemplate]
435 changeset = {desc}\n\n
435 changeset = {desc}\n\n
436 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
436 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
437 HG: {extramsg}
437 HG: {extramsg}
438 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
438 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
439 HG: Do not touch the line above.
439 HG: Do not touch the line above.
440 HG: Everything below will be removed.
440 HG: Everything below will be removed.
441 {diff()}
441 {diff()}
442
442
443 .. note::
443 .. note::
444
444
445 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
445 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
446 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
446 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
447 avoid showing broken characters.
447 avoid showing broken characters.
448
448
449 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
449 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
450 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
450 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
451 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
451 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
452 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
452 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
453
453
454 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
454 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
455 required):
455 required):
456
456
457 - :hg:`backout`
457 - :hg:`backout`
458 - :hg:`commit`
458 - :hg:`commit`
459 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
459 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
460 - :hg:`graft`
460 - :hg:`graft`
461 - :hg:`histedit`
461 - :hg:`histedit`
462 - :hg:`import`
462 - :hg:`import`
463 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
463 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
464 - :hg:`rebase`
464 - :hg:`rebase`
465 - :hg:`shelve`
465 - :hg:`shelve`
466 - :hg:`sign`
466 - :hg:`sign`
467 - :hg:`tag`
467 - :hg:`tag`
468 - :hg:`transplant`
468 - :hg:`transplant`
469
469
470 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
470 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
471 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
471 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
472 messages for each action.
472 messages for each action.
473
473
474 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
474 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
475 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
475 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
476 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
476 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
477 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
477 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
478 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
478 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
479 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
479 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
480 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
480 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
481 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
481 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
482 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
482 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
483 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
483 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
484 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
484 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
485 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
485 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
486 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
486 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
487 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
487 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
488 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
488 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
489 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
489 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
490 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
490 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
491 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
491 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
492 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
492 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
493 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
493 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
494 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
494 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
495 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
495 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
496 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
496 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
497 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
497 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
498 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
498 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
499 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
499 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
500
500
501 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
501 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
502 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
502 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
503 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
503 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
504 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
504 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
505
505
506 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
506 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
507 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
507 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
508 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
508 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
509 variable.
509 variable.
510
510
511 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
511 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
512 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
512 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
513 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
513 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
514
514
515 [committemplate]
515 [committemplate]
516 listupfiles = {file_adds %
516 listupfiles = {file_adds %
517 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
517 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
518 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
518 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
519 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
519 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
520 "HG: no files changed\n")}
520 "HG: no files changed\n")}
521
521
522 ``decode/encode``
522 ``decode/encode``
523 -----------------
523 -----------------
524
524
525 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
525 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
526 typically be used for newline processing or other
526 typically be used for newline processing or other
527 localization/canonicalization of files.
527 localization/canonicalization of files.
528
528
529 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
529 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
530 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
530 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
531 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
531 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
532 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
532 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
533 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
533 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
534 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
534 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
535
535
536 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
536 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
537 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
537 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
538
538
539 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
539 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
540 data on stdout.
540 data on stdout.
541
541
542 Pipe example::
542 Pipe example::
543
543
544 [encode]
544 [encode]
545 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
545 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
546 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
546 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
547 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
547 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
548
548
549 [decode]
549 [decode]
550 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
550 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
551 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
551 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
552 *.gz = gzip
552 *.gz = gzip
553
553
554 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
554 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
555 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
555 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
556 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
556 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
557 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
557 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
558 the command.
558 the command.
559
559
560 .. container:: windows
560 .. container:: windows
561
561
562 .. note::
562 .. note::
563
563
564 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
564 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
565 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
565 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
566 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
566 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
567
567
568 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
568 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
569 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
569 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
570 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
570 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
571
571
572
572
573 ``defaults``
573 ``defaults``
574 ------------
574 ------------
575
575
576 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
576 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
577
577
578 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
578 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
579 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
579 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
580
580
581 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
581 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
582 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
582 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
583
583
584 [defaults]
584 [defaults]
585 log = -v
585 log = -v
586 status = -m
586 status = -m
587
587
588 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
588 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
589 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
589 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
590 to the aliases of the commands defined.
590 to the aliases of the commands defined.
591
591
592
592
593 ``diff``
593 ``diff``
594 --------
594 --------
595
595
596 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
596 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
597 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
597 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
598 for related options for the annotate command.
598 for related options for the annotate command.
599
599
600 ``git``
600 ``git``
601 Use git extended diff format.
601 Use git extended diff format.
602
602
603 ``nobinary``
603 ``nobinary``
604 Omit git binary patches.
604 Omit git binary patches.
605
605
606 ``nodates``
606 ``nodates``
607 Don't include dates in diff headers.
607 Don't include dates in diff headers.
608
608
609 ``noprefix``
609 ``noprefix``
610 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
610 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
611
611
612 ``showfunc``
612 ``showfunc``
613 Show which function each change is in.
613 Show which function each change is in.
614
614
615 ``ignorews``
615 ``ignorews``
616 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
616 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
617
617
618 ``ignorewsamount``
618 ``ignorewsamount``
619 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
619 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
620
620
621 ``ignoreblanklines``
621 ``ignoreblanklines``
622 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
622 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
623
623
624 ``unified``
624 ``unified``
625 Number of lines of context to show.
625 Number of lines of context to show.
626
626
627 ``email``
627 ``email``
628 ---------
628 ---------
629
629
630 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
630 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
631
631
632 ``from``
632 ``from``
633 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
633 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
634 of outgoing messages.
634 of outgoing messages.
635
635
636 ``to``
636 ``to``
637 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
637 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
638
638
639 ``cc``
639 ``cc``
640 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
640 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
641 email addresses.
641 email addresses.
642
642
643 ``bcc``
643 ``bcc``
644 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
644 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
645 email addresses.
645 email addresses.
646
646
647 ``method``
647 ``method``
648 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
648 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
649 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
649 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
650 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
650 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
651 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
651 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
652 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
652 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
653 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
653 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
654
654
655 ``charsets``
655 ``charsets``
656 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
656 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
657 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
657 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
658 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
658 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
659 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
659 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
660 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
660 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
661 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
661 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
662 (default: '')
662 (default: '')
663
663
664 Order of outgoing email character sets:
664 Order of outgoing email character sets:
665
665
666 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
666 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
667 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
667 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
668 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
668 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
669 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
669 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
670 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
670 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
671
671
672 Email example::
672 Email example::
673
673
674 [email]
674 [email]
675 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
675 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
676 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
676 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
677 # charsets for western Europeans
677 # charsets for western Europeans
678 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
678 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
679 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
679 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
680
680
681
681
682 ``extensions``
682 ``extensions``
683 --------------
683 --------------
684
684
685 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
685 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
686 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
686 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
687
687
688 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
688 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
689 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
689 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
690 after the ``=``.
690 after the ``=``.
691
691
692 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
692 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
693 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
693 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
694 defines the extension.
694 defines the extension.
695
695
696 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
696 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
697 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
697 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
698 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
698 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
699
699
700 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
700 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
701
701
702 [extensions]
702 [extensions]
703 # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
703 # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
704 color =
704 color =
705 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
705 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
706 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
706 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
707
707
708
708
709 ``format``
709 ``format``
710 ----------
710 ----------
711
711
712 ``usegeneraldelta``
712 ``usegeneraldelta``
713 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
713 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
714 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
714 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
715 revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
715 revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
716 improvement for repositories with branches.
716 improvement for repositories with branches.
717
717
718 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
718 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
719
719
720 Enabled by default.
720 Enabled by default.
721
721
722 ``dotencode``
722 ``dotencode``
723 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
723 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
724 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
724 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
725 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
725 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
726 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
726 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
727
727
728 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
728 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
729
729
730 Enabled by default.
730 Enabled by default.
731
731
732 ``usefncache``
732 ``usefncache``
733 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
733 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
734 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
734 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
735 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
735 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
736 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
736 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
737
737
738 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
738 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
739
739
740 Enabled by default.
740 Enabled by default.
741
741
742 ``usestore``
742 ``usestore``
743 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
743 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
744 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
744 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
745 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
745 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
746 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
746 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
747
747
748 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
748 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
749
749
750 Enabled by default.
750 Enabled by default.
751
751
752 ``graph``
752 ``graph``
753 ---------
753 ---------
754
754
755 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
755 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
756 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
756 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
757 ``default`` branch stand out.
757 ``default`` branch stand out.
758
758
759 Each line has the following format::
759 Each line has the following format::
760
760
761 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
761 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
762
762
763 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
763 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
764 customized. Example::
764 customized. Example::
765
765
766 [graph]
766 [graph]
767 # 2px width
767 # 2px width
768 default.width = 2
768 default.width = 2
769 # red color
769 # red color
770 default.color = FF0000
770 default.color = FF0000
771
771
772 Supported arguments:
772 Supported arguments:
773
773
774 ``width``
774 ``width``
775 Set branch edges width in pixels.
775 Set branch edges width in pixels.
776
776
777 ``color``
777 ``color``
778 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
778 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
779
779
780 ``hooks``
780 ``hooks``
781 ---------
781 ---------
782
782
783 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
783 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
784 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
784 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
785 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
785 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
786 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
786 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
787 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
787 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
788 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
788 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
789 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
789 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
790
790
791 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
791 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
792
792
793 [hooks]
793 [hooks]
794 # update working directory after adding changesets
794 # update working directory after adding changesets
795 changegroup.update = hg update
795 changegroup.update = hg update
796 # do not use the site-wide hook
796 # do not use the site-wide hook
797 incoming =
797 incoming =
798 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
798 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
799 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
799 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
800 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
800 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
801 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
801 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
802
802
803 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
803 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
804 additional information. For each hook below, the environment
804 additional information. For each hook below, the environment
805 variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``.
805 variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``.
806
806
807 ``changegroup``
807 ``changegroup``
808 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. ID of the
808 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. ID of the
809 first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. URL
809 first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. URL
810 from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
810 from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
811
811
812 ``commit``
812 ``commit``
813 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID
813 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID
814 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
814 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
815 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
815 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
816
816
817 ``incoming``
817 ``incoming``
818 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
818 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
819 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
819 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
820 ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
820 ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
821
821
822 ``outgoing``
822 ``outgoing``
823 Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of
823 Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of
824 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in
824 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in
825 ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing` hook.
825 ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing` hook.
826
826
827 ``post-<command>``
827 ``post-<command>``
828 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
828 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
829 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
829 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
830 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
830 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
831 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
831 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
832 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
832 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
833 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
833 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
834 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
834 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
835
835
836 ``fail-<command>``
836 ``fail-<command>``
837 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
837 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
838 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
838 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
839 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
839 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
840 string representations of the python data internally passed to
840 string representations of the python data internally passed to
841 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
841 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
842 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
842 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
843 Hook failure is ignored.
843 Hook failure is ignored.
844
844
845 ``pre-<command>``
845 ``pre-<command>``
846 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
846 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
847 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
847 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
848 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
848 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
849 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
849 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
850 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
850 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
851 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
851 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
852 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
852 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
853 code.
853 code.
854
854
855 ``prechangegroup``
855 ``prechangegroup``
856 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
856 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
857 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will
857 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will
858 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes
858 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes
859 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
859 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
860
860
861 ``precommit``
861 ``precommit``
862 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
862 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
863 commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
863 commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
864 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
864 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
865
865
866 ``prelistkeys``
866 ``prelistkeys``
867 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
867 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
868 repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
868 repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
869 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
869 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
870
870
871 ``preoutgoing``
871 ``preoutgoing``
872 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
872 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
873 another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
873 another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
874 pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push
874 pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push
875 (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can
875 (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can
876 just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in
876 just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in
877 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
877 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
878 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation
878 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation
879 is happening on behalf of repository on same system.
879 is happening on behalf of repository on same system.
880
880
881 ``prepushkey``
881 ``prepushkey``
882 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
882 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
883 repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
883 repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
884 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
884 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
885 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
885 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
886 ``$HG_NEW``.
886 ``$HG_NEW``.
887
887
888 ``pretag``
888 ``pretag``
889 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
889 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
890 created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of
890 created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of
891 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is
891 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is
892 local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
892 local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
893
893
894 ``pretxnopen``
894 ``pretxnopen``
895 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
895 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
896 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the
896 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the
897 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
897 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
898 transaction from being opened.
898 transaction from being opened.
899
899
900 ``pretxnclose``
900 ``pretxnclose``
901 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
901 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
902 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
902 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
903 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. Non-zero
903 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. Non-zero
904 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
904 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
905 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for
905 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for
906 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
906 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
907 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id
907 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id
908 of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (id of the last added
908 of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (id of the last added
909 changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, bookmarks and phases
909 changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, bookmarks and phases
910 changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc.
910 changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc.
911
911
912 ``txnclose``
912 ``txnclose``
913 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
913 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
914 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
914 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
915 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` docs for
915 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` docs for
916 details about available variables.
916 details about available variables.
917
917
918 ``txnabort``
918 ``txnabort``
919 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
919 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
920 docs for details about available variables.
920 docs for details about available variables.
921
921
922 ``pretxnchangegroup``
922 ``pretxnchangegroup``
923 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
923 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
924 the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is visible to hook program.
924 the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is visible to hook program.
925 This lets you validate incoming changes before accepting them. Passed the ID
925 This lets you validate incoming changes before accepting them. Passed the ID
926 of the first new changeset in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
926 of the first new changeset in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
927 Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero status will cause
927 Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero status will cause
928 the transaction to be rolled back and the push, pull or unbundle will fail.
928 the transaction to be rolled back and the push, pull or unbundle will fail.
929 URL that was source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
929 URL that was source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
930
930
931 ``pretxncommit``
931 ``pretxncommit``
932 Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet
932 Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet
933 committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you
933 committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you
934 validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
934 validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
935 commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to
935 commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to
936 be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
936 be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
937 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
937 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
938
938
939 ``preupdate``
939 ``preupdate``
940 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
940 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
941 the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update.
941 the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update.
942 Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID
942 Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID
943 of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
943 of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
944
944
945 ``listkeys``
945 ``listkeys``
946 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
946 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
947 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
947 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
948 dictionary containing the keys and values.
948 dictionary containing the keys and values.
949
949
950 ``pushkey``
950 ``pushkey``
951 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
951 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
952 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
952 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
953 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
953 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
954 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
954 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
955
955
956 ``tag``
956 ``tag``
957 Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
957 Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
958 Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in
958 Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in
959 repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
959 repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
960
960
961 ``update``
961 ``update``
962 Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first
962 Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first
963 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is
963 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is
964 in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
964 in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
965 update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
965 update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
966
966
967 .. note::
967 .. note::
968
968
969 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
969 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
970 generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be
970 generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be
971 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
971 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
972 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
972 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
973 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
973 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
974
974
975 .. note::
975 .. note::
976
976
977 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
977 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
978 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
978 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
979 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
979 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
980 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
980 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
981
981
982 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
982 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
983
983
984 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
984 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
985 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
985 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
986
986
987 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
987 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
988 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
988 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
989 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
989 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
990 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
990 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
991 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
991 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
992 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
992 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
993
993
994 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
994 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
995 is treated as a failure.
995 is treated as a failure.
996
996
997
997
998 ``hostfingerprints``
998 ``hostfingerprints``
999 --------------------
999 --------------------
1000
1000
1001 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1001 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1002
1002
1003 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1003 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1004
1004
1005 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1005 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1006 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1006 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1007 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1007 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1008
1008
1009 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1009 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1010 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1010 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1011 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1011 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1012 to a new certificate.
1012 to a new certificate.
1013
1013
1014 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1014 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1015
1015
1016 For example::
1016 For example::
1017
1017
1018 [hostfingerprints]
1018 [hostfingerprints]
1019 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1019 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1020 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1020 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1021
1021
1022 ``hostsecurity``
1022 ``hostsecurity``
1023 ----------------
1023 ----------------
1024
1024
1025 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1025 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1026 other machines.
1026 other machines.
1027
1027
1028 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1028 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1029
1029
1030 ``ciphers``
1030 ``ciphers``
1031 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1031 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1032
1032
1033 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1033 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1034 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1034 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1035
1035
1036 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1036 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1037 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1037 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1038 You have been warned.
1038 You have been warned.
1039
1039
1040 This option requires Python 2.7.
1040 This option requires Python 2.7.
1041
1041
1042 ``minimumprotocol``
1042 ``minimumprotocol``
1043 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1043 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1044
1044
1045 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1045 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1046 is used.
1046 is used.
1047
1047
1048 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1048 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1049
1049
1050 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1050 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1051 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1051 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1052
1052
1053 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1053 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1054 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1054 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1055 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1055 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1056 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1056 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1057
1057
1058 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1058 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1059 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1059 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1060 per-host basis.
1060 per-host basis.
1061
1061
1062 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1062 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1063
1063
1064 ``ciphers``
1064 ``ciphers``
1065 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1065 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1066 to the host on which it is defined.
1066 to the host on which it is defined.
1067
1067
1068 ``fingerprints``
1068 ``fingerprints``
1069 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1069 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1070 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1070 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1071 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1071 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1072
1072
1073 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1073 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1074 ``sha512``.
1074 ``sha512``.
1075
1075
1076 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1076 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1077
1077
1078 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1078 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1079 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1079 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1080 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1080 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1081 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1081 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1082 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1082 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1083 at the expense of convenience.
1083 at the expense of convenience.
1084
1084
1085 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1085 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1086
1086
1087 ``minimumprotocol``
1087 ``minimumprotocol``
1088 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1088 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1089 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1089 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1090
1090
1091 ``verifycertsfile``
1091 ``verifycertsfile``
1092 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1092 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1093 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1093 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1094 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1094 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1095
1095
1096 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1096 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1097 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1097 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1098 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1098 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1099
1099
1100 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1100 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1101 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1101 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1102 used.
1102 used.
1103
1103
1104 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1104 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1105 is set.
1105 is set.
1106
1106
1107 The format of the file is as follows::
1107 The format of the file is as follows::
1108
1108
1109 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1109 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1110 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1110 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1111 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1111 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1112 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1112 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1113 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1113 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1114 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1114 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1115
1115
1116 For example::
1116 For example::
1117
1117
1118 [hostsecurity]
1118 [hostsecurity]
1119 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1119 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1120 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1120 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1121 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1121 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1122
1122
1123 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1123 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1124 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1124 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1125
1125
1126 [hostsecurity]
1126 [hostsecurity]
1127 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1127 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1128 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1128 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1129
1129
1130 ``http_proxy``
1130 ``http_proxy``
1131 --------------
1131 --------------
1132
1132
1133 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1133 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1134 proxy.
1134 proxy.
1135
1135
1136 ``host``
1136 ``host``
1137 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1137 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1138 "myproxy:8000".
1138 "myproxy:8000".
1139
1139
1140 ``no``
1140 ``no``
1141 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1141 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1142 the proxy.
1142 the proxy.
1143
1143
1144 ``passwd``
1144 ``passwd``
1145 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1145 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1146
1146
1147 ``user``
1147 ``user``
1148 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1148 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1149
1149
1150 ``always``
1150 ``always``
1151 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1151 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1152 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1152 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1153
1153
1154 ``merge``
1154 ``merge``
1155 ---------
1155 ---------
1156
1156
1157 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1157 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1158
1158
1159 ``checkignored``
1159 ``checkignored``
1160 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1160 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1161 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1161 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1162 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1162 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1163 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1163 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1164 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1164 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1165 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1165 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1166
1166
1167 ``checkunknown``
1167 ``checkunknown``
1168 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1168 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1169 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1169 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1170 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1170 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1171 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1171 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1172
1172
1173 ``merge-patterns``
1173 ``merge-patterns``
1174 ------------------
1174 ------------------
1175
1175
1176 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1176 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1177 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1177 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1178 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1178 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1179 root.
1179 root.
1180
1180
1181 Example::
1181 Example::
1182
1182
1183 [merge-patterns]
1183 [merge-patterns]
1184 **.c = kdiff3
1184 **.c = kdiff3
1185 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1185 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1186
1186
1187 ``merge-tools``
1187 ``merge-tools``
1188 ---------------
1188 ---------------
1189
1189
1190 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1190 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1191 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1191 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1192 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1192 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1193 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1193 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1194
1194
1195 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1195 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1196
1196
1197 [merge-tools]
1197 [merge-tools]
1198 # Override stock tool location
1198 # Override stock tool location
1199 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1199 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1200 # Specify command line
1200 # Specify command line
1201 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1201 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1202 # Give higher priority
1202 # Give higher priority
1203 kdiff3.priority = 1
1203 kdiff3.priority = 1
1204
1204
1205 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1205 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1206 meld.priority = 0
1206 meld.priority = 0
1207
1207
1208 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1208 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1209 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1209 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1210
1210
1211 # Define new tool
1211 # Define new tool
1212 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1212 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1213 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1213 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1214 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1214 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1215
1215
1216 Supported arguments:
1216 Supported arguments:
1217
1217
1218 ``priority``
1218 ``priority``
1219 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1219 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1220 (default: 0)
1220 (default: 0)
1221
1221
1222 ``executable``
1222 ``executable``
1223 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1223 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1224
1224
1225 .. container:: windows
1225 .. container:: windows
1226
1226
1227 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1227 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1228 syntax.
1228 syntax.
1229
1229
1230 (default: the tool name)
1230 (default: the tool name)
1231
1231
1232 ``args``
1232 ``args``
1233 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1233 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1234 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1234 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1235 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning
1235 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning
1236 of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being
1236 of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being
1237 performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1237 performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1238 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating
1238 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating
1239 to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local``
1239 to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local``
1240 represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the
1240 represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the
1241 commit being rebased.
1241 commit being rebased.
1242 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1242 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1243
1243
1244 ``premerge``
1244 ``premerge``
1245 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1245 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1246 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1246 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1247 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1247 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1248 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1248 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1249 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1249 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1250 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1250 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1251 (default: True)
1251 (default: True)
1252
1252
1253 ``binary``
1253 ``binary``
1254 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1254 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1255 was selected by file pattern match)
1255 was selected by file pattern match)
1256
1256
1257 ``symlink``
1257 ``symlink``
1258 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1258 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1259
1259
1260 ``check``
1260 ``check``
1261 A list of merge success-checking options:
1261 A list of merge success-checking options:
1262
1262
1263 ``changed``
1263 ``changed``
1264 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1264 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1265 ``conflicts``
1265 ``conflicts``
1266 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1266 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1267 ``prompt``
1267 ``prompt``
1268 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1268 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1269
1269
1270 ``fixeol``
1270 ``fixeol``
1271 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1271 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1272 (default: False)
1272 (default: False)
1273
1273
1274 ``gui``
1274 ``gui``
1275 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1275 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1276
1276
1277 .. container:: windows
1277 .. container:: windows
1278
1278
1279 ``regkey``
1279 ``regkey``
1280 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1280 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1281 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1281 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1282 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1282 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1283 (default: None)
1283 (default: None)
1284
1284
1285 ``regkeyalt``
1285 ``regkeyalt``
1286 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1286 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1287 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1287 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1288 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1288 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1289 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1289 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1290 (default: None)
1290 (default: None)
1291
1291
1292 ``regname``
1292 ``regname``
1293 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1293 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1294 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1294 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1295
1295
1296 ``regappend``
1296 ``regappend``
1297 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1297 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1298 the executable name of the tool.
1298 the executable name of the tool.
1299 (default: None)
1299 (default: None)
1300
1300
1301
1301
1302 ``patch``
1302 ``patch``
1303 ---------
1303 ---------
1304
1304
1305 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1305 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1306 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1306 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1307
1307
1308 ``eol``
1308 ``eol``
1309 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1309 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1310 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1310 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1311 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1311 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1312 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1312 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1313 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1313 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1314 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1314 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1315 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1315 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1316 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1316 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1317 (default: strict)
1317 (default: strict)
1318
1318
1319 ``fuzz``
1319 ``fuzz``
1320 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1320 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1321 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1321 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1322 trying to apply a patch.
1322 trying to apply a patch.
1323 (default: 2)
1323 (default: 2)
1324
1324
1325 ``paths``
1325 ``paths``
1326 ---------
1326 ---------
1327
1327
1328 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1328 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1329
1329
1330 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1330 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1331 location of the repository. Example::
1331 location of the repository. Example::
1332
1332
1333 [paths]
1333 [paths]
1334 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1334 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1335 local_path = /home/me/repo
1335 local_path = /home/me/repo
1336
1336
1337 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1337 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1338 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1338 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1339 :hg:`push local_path`.
1339 :hg:`push local_path`.
1340
1340
1341 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1341 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1342 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1342 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1343
1343
1344 [paths]
1344 [paths]
1345 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1345 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1346 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1346 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1347
1347
1348 The following sub-options can be defined:
1348 The following sub-options can be defined:
1349
1349
1350 ``pushurl``
1350 ``pushurl``
1351 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1351 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1352 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1352 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1353
1353
1354 ``pushrev``
1354 ``pushrev``
1355 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1355 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1356
1356
1357 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1357 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1358 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1358 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1359
1359
1360 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1360 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1361 revision by default.
1361 revision by default.
1362
1362
1363 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1363 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1364 pushed.
1364 pushed.
1365
1365
1366 The following special named paths exist:
1366 The following special named paths exist:
1367
1367
1368 ``default``
1368 ``default``
1369 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1369 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1370
1370
1371 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1371 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1372 repository was cloned from.
1372 repository was cloned from.
1373
1373
1374 ``default-push``
1374 ``default-push``
1375 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1375 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1376 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1376 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1377
1377
1378 ``phases``
1378 ``phases``
1379 ----------
1379 ----------
1380
1380
1381 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1381 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1382 information about working with phases.
1382 information about working with phases.
1383
1383
1384 ``publish``
1384 ``publish``
1385 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1385 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1386 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1386 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1387 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1387 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1388 (default: True)
1388 (default: True)
1389
1389
1390 ``new-commit``
1390 ``new-commit``
1391 Phase of newly-created commits.
1391 Phase of newly-created commits.
1392 (default: draft)
1392 (default: draft)
1393
1393
1394 ``checksubrepos``
1394 ``checksubrepos``
1395 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1395 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1396 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1396 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1397 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1397 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1398 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1398 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1399 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1399 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1400 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1400 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1401 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1401 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1402 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1402 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1403 (default: follow)
1403 (default: follow)
1404
1404
1405
1405
1406 ``profiling``
1406 ``profiling``
1407 -------------
1407 -------------
1408
1408
1409 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1409 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1410 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1410 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1411 profiler (named ``stat``).
1411 profiler (named ``stat``).
1412
1412
1413 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1413 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1414 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1414 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1415 statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The
1415 statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The
1416 profiling is done using lsprof.
1416 profiling is done using lsprof.
1417
1417
1418 ``enabled``
1418 ``enabled``
1419 Enable the profiler.
1419 Enable the profiler.
1420 (default: false)
1420 (default: false)
1421
1421
1422 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1422 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1423
1423
1424 ``type``
1424 ``type``
1425 The type of profiler to use.
1425 The type of profiler to use.
1426 (default: stat)
1426 (default: stat)
1427
1427
1428 ``ls``
1428 ``ls``
1429 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1429 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1430 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1430 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1431 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1431 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1432 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1432 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1433 ``stat``
1433 ``stat``
1434 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1434 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1435 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1435 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1436 seconds.
1436 seconds.
1437
1437
1438 ``format``
1438 ``format``
1439 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1439 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1440 (default: text)
1440 (default: text)
1441
1441
1442 ``text``
1442 ``text``
1443 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1443 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1444 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1444 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1445 not kept.
1445 not kept.
1446 ``kcachegrind``
1446 ``kcachegrind``
1447 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1447 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1448 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1448 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1449 kcachegrind.
1449 kcachegrind.
1450
1450
1451 ``statformat``
1451 ``statformat``
1452 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1452 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1453 (default: hotpath)
1453 (default: hotpath)
1454
1454
1455 ``hotpath``
1455 ``hotpath``
1456 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1456 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1457 most time was spent).
1457 most time was spent).
1458 ``bymethod``
1458 ``bymethod``
1459 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1459 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1460 ``byline``
1460 ``byline``
1461 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1461 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1462 ``json``
1462 ``json``
1463 Render profiling data as JSON.
1463 Render profiling data as JSON.
1464
1464
1465 ``frequency``
1465 ``frequency``
1466 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1466 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1467 (default: 1000)
1467 (default: 1000)
1468
1468
1469 ``output``
1469 ``output``
1470 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1470 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1471 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1471 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1472 stderr)
1472 stderr)
1473
1473
1474 ``sort``
1474 ``sort``
1475 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1475 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1476 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1476 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1477 ``inlinetime``.
1477 ``inlinetime``.
1478 (default: inlinetime)
1478 (default: inlinetime)
1479
1479
1480 ``limit``
1480 ``limit``
1481 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1481 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1482 (default: 30)
1482 (default: 30)
1483
1483
1484 ``nested``
1484 ``nested``
1485 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1485 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1486 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1486 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1487 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1487 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1488 (default: 5)
1488 (default: 5)
1489
1489
1490 ``progress``
1490 ``progress``
1491 ------------
1491 ------------
1492
1492
1493 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1493 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1494 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1494 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1495 have a definite end point.
1495 have a definite end point.
1496
1496
1497 ``delay``
1497 ``delay``
1498 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1498 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1499
1499
1500 ``changedelay``
1500 ``changedelay``
1501 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1501 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1502 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1502 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1503
1503
1504 ``refresh``
1504 ``refresh``
1505 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1505 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1506
1506
1507 ``format``
1507 ``format``
1508 Format of the progress bar.
1508 Format of the progress bar.
1509
1509
1510 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1510 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1511 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1511 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1512 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1512 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1513 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1513 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1514 first num characters.
1514 first num characters.
1515
1515
1516 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1516 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1517
1517
1518 ``width``
1518 ``width``
1519 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1519 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1520 term width) will be used).
1520 term width) will be used).
1521
1521
1522 ``clear-complete``
1522 ``clear-complete``
1523 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1523 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1524
1524
1525 ``disable``
1525 ``disable``
1526 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1526 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1527
1527
1528 ``assume-tty``
1528 ``assume-tty``
1529 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1529 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1530
1530
1531 ``rebase``
1531 ``rebase``
1532 ----------
1532 ----------
1533
1533
1534 ``allowdivergence``
1534 ``allowdivergence``
1535 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1535 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1536 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1536 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1537
1537
1538 ``revsetalias``
1538 ``revsetalias``
1539 ---------------
1539 ---------------
1540
1540
1541 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1541 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1542
1542
1543 ``server``
1543 ``server``
1544 ----------
1544 ----------
1545
1545
1546 Controls generic server settings.
1546 Controls generic server settings.
1547
1547
1548 ``compressionengines``
1548 ``compressionengines``
1549 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1549 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1550 to clients.
1550 to clients.
1551
1551
1552 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1552 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1553 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1553 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1554 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1554 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1555
1555
1556 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1556 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1557 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1557 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1558 default wire protocol priority.
1558 default wire protocol priority.
1559
1559
1560 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1560 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1561 has no effect for legacy clients.
1561 has no effect for legacy clients.
1562
1562
1563 ``uncompressed``
1563 ``uncompressed``
1564 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1564 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1565 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1565 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1566 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1566 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1567 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1567 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1568 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1568 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1569 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1569 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1570 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1570 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1571 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1571 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1572 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1572 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1573 (default: True)
1573 (default: True)
1574
1574
1575 ``preferuncompressed``
1575 ``preferuncompressed``
1576 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
1576 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
1577 protocol. (default: False)
1577 protocol. (default: False)
1578
1578
1579 ``validate``
1579 ``validate``
1580 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
1580 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
1581 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
1581 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
1582 present. (default: False)
1582 present. (default: False)
1583
1583
1584 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
1584 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
1585 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
1585 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
1586 many bytes. (default: 1024)
1586 many bytes. (default: 1024)
1587
1587
1588 ``bundle1``
1588 ``bundle1``
1589 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
1589 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
1590 exchange format. (default: True)
1590 exchange format. (default: True)
1591
1591
1592 ``bundle1gd``
1592 ``bundle1gd``
1593 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
1593 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
1594 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1594 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1595
1595
1596 ``bundle1.push``
1596 ``bundle1.push``
1597 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1597 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1598 format. (default: True)
1598 format. (default: True)
1599
1599
1600 ``bundle1gd.push``
1600 ``bundle1gd.push``
1601 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
1601 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
1602 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1602 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1603
1603
1604 ``bundle1.pull``
1604 ``bundle1.pull``
1605 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1605 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1606 format. (default: True)
1606 format. (default: True)
1607
1607
1608 ``bundle1gd.pull``
1608 ``bundle1gd.pull``
1609 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
1609 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
1610 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1610 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1611
1611
1612 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
1612 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
1613 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
1613 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
1614 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
1614 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
1615 format can consume a lot of CPU.
1615 format can consume a lot of CPU.
1616
1616
1617 ``zliblevel``
1617 ``zliblevel``
1618 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
1618 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
1619 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
1619 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
1620 commands that send repository history data).
1620 commands that send repository history data).
1621
1621
1622 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
1622 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
1623 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
1623 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
1624 maximum compression.
1624 maximum compression.
1625
1625
1626 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
1626 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
1627 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
1627 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
1628 but sends more bytes to clients.
1628 but sends more bytes to clients.
1629
1629
1630 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1630 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1631
1631
1632 ``zstdlevel``
1632 ``zstdlevel``
1633 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
1633 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
1634 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
1634 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
1635 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
1635 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
1636
1636
1637 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
1637 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
1638 delivering better compression ratios.
1638 delivering better compression ratios.
1639
1639
1640 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1640 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1641
1641
1642 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
1642 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
1643
1643
1644 ``smtp``
1644 ``smtp``
1645 --------
1645 --------
1646
1646
1647 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
1647 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
1648
1648
1649 ``host``
1649 ``host``
1650 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
1650 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
1651
1651
1652 ``port``
1652 ``port``
1653 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
1653 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
1654 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
1654 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
1655
1655
1656 ``tls``
1656 ``tls``
1657 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
1657 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
1658 smtps or none. (default: none)
1658 smtps or none. (default: none)
1659
1659
1660 ``username``
1660 ``username``
1661 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
1661 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
1662 (default: None)
1662 (default: None)
1663
1663
1664 ``password``
1664 ``password``
1665 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
1665 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
1666 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
1666 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
1667 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
1667 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
1668
1668
1669 ``local_hostname``
1669 ``local_hostname``
1670 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
1670 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
1671 itself to the MTA.
1671 itself to the MTA.
1672
1672
1673
1673
1674 ``subpaths``
1674 ``subpaths``
1675 ------------
1675 ------------
1676
1676
1677 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
1677 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
1678 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
1678 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
1679 rewrite rules of the form::
1679 rewrite rules of the form::
1680
1680
1681 <pattern> = <replacement>
1681 <pattern> = <replacement>
1682
1682
1683 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
1683 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
1684 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
1684 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
1685 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
1685 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
1686 ``replacements``. For instance::
1686 ``replacements``. For instance::
1687
1687
1688 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
1688 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
1689
1689
1690 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
1690 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
1691
1691
1692 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
1692 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
1693 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
1693 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
1694 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
1694 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
1695 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
1695 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
1696
1696
1697 ``templatealias``
1697 ``templatealias``
1698 -----------------
1698 -----------------
1699
1699
1700 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
1700 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
1701
1701
1702 ``templates``
1702 ``templates``
1703 -------------
1703 -------------
1704
1704
1705 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
1705 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
1706 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
1706 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
1707
1707
1708 ``trusted``
1708 ``trusted``
1709 -----------
1709 -----------
1710
1710
1711 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
1711 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
1712 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
1712 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
1713 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
1713 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
1714 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
1714 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
1715 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
1715 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
1716 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
1716 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
1717 section.
1717 section.
1718
1718
1719 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
1719 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
1720 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
1720 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
1721 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
1721 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
1722 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
1722 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
1723 user or service running Mercurial.
1723 user or service running Mercurial.
1724
1724
1725 ``users``
1725 ``users``
1726 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
1726 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
1727
1727
1728 ``groups``
1728 ``groups``
1729 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
1729 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
1730
1730
1731
1731
1732 ``ui``
1732 ``ui``
1733 ------
1733 ------
1734
1734
1735 User interface controls.
1735 User interface controls.
1736
1736
1737 ``archivemeta``
1737 ``archivemeta``
1738 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
1738 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
1739 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
1739 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
1740 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
1740 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
1741 (default: True)
1741 (default: True)
1742
1742
1743 ``askusername``
1743 ``askusername``
1744 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
1744 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
1745 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
1745 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
1746 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
1746 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
1747 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
1747 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
1748 (default: False)
1748 (default: False)
1749
1749
1750 ``clonebundles``
1750 ``clonebundles``
1751 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
1751 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
1752
1752
1753 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
1753 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
1754 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
1754 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
1755
1755
1756 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
1756 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
1757
1757
1758 (default: True)
1758 (default: True)
1759
1759
1760 ``clonebundlefallback``
1760 ``clonebundlefallback``
1761 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
1761 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
1762 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
1762 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
1763
1763
1764 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
1764 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
1765 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
1765 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
1766 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
1766 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
1767 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
1767 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
1768 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
1768 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
1769 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
1769 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
1770 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
1770 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
1771 fails.
1771 fails.
1772
1772
1773 (default: False)
1773 (default: False)
1774
1774
1775 ``clonebundleprefers``
1775 ``clonebundleprefers``
1776 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
1776 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
1777
1777
1778 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
1778 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
1779 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
1779 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
1780 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
1780 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
1781 bundle over another.
1781 bundle over another.
1782
1782
1783 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
1783 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
1784
1784
1785 BUNDLESPEC
1785 BUNDLESPEC
1786 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
1786 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
1787 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
1787 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
1788
1788
1789 COMPRESSION
1789 COMPRESSION
1790 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
1790 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
1791
1791
1792 Server operators may define custom keys.
1792 Server operators may define custom keys.
1793
1793
1794 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
1794 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
1795 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
1795 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
1796
1796
1797 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
1797 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
1798
1798
1799 ``commitsubrepos``
1799 ``commitsubrepos``
1800 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
1800 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
1801 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
1801 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
1802 changes, abort the commit.
1802 changes, abort the commit.
1803 (default: False)
1803 (default: False)
1804
1804
1805 ``debug``
1805 ``debug``
1806 Print debugging information. (default: False)
1806 Print debugging information. (default: False)
1807
1807
1808 ``editor``
1808 ``editor``
1809 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
1809 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
1810
1810
1811 ``fallbackencoding``
1811 ``fallbackencoding``
1812 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
1812 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
1813 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
1813 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
1814
1814
1815 ``graphnodetemplate``
1815 ``graphnodetemplate``
1816 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
1816 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
1817 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
1817 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
1818
1818
1819 ``ignore``
1819 ``ignore``
1820 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
1820 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
1821 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
1821 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
1822 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
1822 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
1823 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
1823 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
1824 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
1824 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
1825 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
1825 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
1826
1826
1827 ``interactive``
1827 ``interactive``
1828 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
1828 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
1829
1829
1830 ``interface``
1830 ``interface``
1831 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
1831 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
1832 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
1832 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
1833
1833
1834 ``interface.chunkselector``
1834 ``interface.chunkselector``
1835 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
1835 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
1836 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
1836 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
1837 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
1837 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
1838
1838
1839 ``logtemplate``
1839 ``logtemplate``
1840 Template string for commands that print changesets.
1840 Template string for commands that print changesets.
1841
1841
1842 ``merge``
1842 ``merge``
1843 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
1843 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
1844 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
1844 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
1845 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
1845 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
1846
1846
1847 ``mergemarkers``
1847 ``mergemarkers``
1848 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
1848 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
1849 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
1849 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
1850 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
1850 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
1851 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
1851 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
1852 (default: ``basic``)
1852 (default: ``basic``)
1853
1853
1854 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1854 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1855 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
1855 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
1856 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
1856 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
1857 format.
1857 format.
1858
1858
1859 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
1859 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
1860 the first line of the commit description.
1860 the first line of the commit description.
1861
1861
1862 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
1862 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
1863 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
1863 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
1864 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
1864 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
1865 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
1865 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
1866 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
1866 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
1867 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
1867 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
1868 serious problems may occur.
1868 serious problems may occur.
1869
1869
1870 ``origbackuppath``
1870 ``origbackuppath``
1871 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
1871 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
1872 not a directory, one will be created.
1872 not a directory, one will be created.
1873
1873
1874 ``patch``
1874 ``patch``
1875 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
1875 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
1876 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
1876 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
1877 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
1877 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
1878 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
1878 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
1879 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
1879 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
1880 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
1880 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
1881 from stdin.
1881 from stdin.
1882
1882
1883 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
1883 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
1884 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
1884 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
1885 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
1885 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
1886
1886
1887 ``portablefilenames``
1887 ``portablefilenames``
1888 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
1888 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
1889 (default: ``warn``)
1889 (default: ``warn``)
1890
1890
1891 ``warn``
1891 ``warn``
1892 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
1892 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
1893 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
1893 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
1894 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
1894 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
1895 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
1895 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
1896 file).
1896 file).
1897
1897
1898 ``ignore``
1898 ``ignore``
1899 Don't print a warning.
1899 Don't print a warning.
1900
1900
1901 ``abort``
1901 ``abort``
1902 The command is aborted.
1902 The command is aborted.
1903
1903
1904 ``true``
1904 ``true``
1905 Alias for ``warn``.
1905 Alias for ``warn``.
1906
1906
1907 ``false``
1907 ``false``
1908 Alias for ``ignore``.
1908 Alias for ``ignore``.
1909
1909
1910 .. container:: windows
1910 .. container:: windows
1911
1911
1912 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
1912 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
1913
1913
1914 ``quiet``
1914 ``quiet``
1915 Reduce the amount of output printed.
1915 Reduce the amount of output printed.
1916 (default: False)
1916 (default: False)
1917
1917
1918 ``remotecmd``
1918 ``remotecmd``
1919 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
1919 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
1920 (default: ``hg``)
1920 (default: ``hg``)
1921
1921
1922 ``report_untrusted``
1922 ``report_untrusted``
1923 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
1923 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
1924 trusted user or group.
1924 trusted user or group.
1925 (default: True)
1925 (default: True)
1926
1926
1927 ``slash``
1927 ``slash``
1928 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
1928 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
1929 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
1929 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
1930 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
1930 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
1931 backslash character (``\``)).
1931 backslash character (``\``)).
1932 (default: False)
1932 (default: False)
1933
1933
1934 ``statuscopies``
1934 ``statuscopies``
1935 Display copies in the status command.
1935 Display copies in the status command.
1936
1936
1937 ``ssh``
1937 ``ssh``
1938 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
1938 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
1939
1939
1940 ``strict``
1940 ``strict``
1941 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
1941 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
1942 abbreviations. (default: False)
1942 abbreviations. (default: False)
1943
1943
1944 ``style``
1944 ``style``
1945 Name of style to use for command output.
1945 Name of style to use for command output.
1946
1946
1947 ``supportcontact``
1947 ``supportcontact``
1948 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
1948 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
1949 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
1949 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
1950 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
1950 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
1951
1951
1952 ``textwidth``
1952 ``textwidth``
1953 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
1953 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
1954 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
1954 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
1955 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
1955 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
1956 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
1956 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
1957 used. (default: 78)
1957 used. (default: 78)
1958
1958
1959 ``timeout``
1959 ``timeout``
1960 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
1960 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
1961 means no timeout. (default: 600)
1961 means no timeout. (default: 600)
1962
1962
1963 ``traceback``
1963 ``traceback``
1964 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
1964 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
1965 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
1965 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
1966 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
1966 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
1967 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
1967 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
1968
1968
1969 ``username``
1969 ``username``
1970 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
1970 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
1971 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
1971 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
1972 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
1972 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
1973 username are expanded.
1973 username are expanded.
1974
1974
1975 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
1975 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
1976 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
1976 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
1977 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
1977 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
1978 hgrc file)
1978 hgrc file)
1979
1979
1980 ``verbose``
1980 ``verbose``
1981 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
1981 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
1982
1982
1983
1983
1984 ``web``
1984 ``web``
1985 -------
1985 -------
1986
1986
1987 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
1987 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
1988 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
1988 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
1989 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
1989 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
1990 and WSGI).
1990 and WSGI).
1991
1991
1992 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
1992 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
1993 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
1993 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
1994 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
1994 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
1995 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
1995 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
1996 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
1996 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
1997 checks.
1997 checks.
1998
1998
1999 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
1999 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2000 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2000 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2001 command line::
2001 command line::
2002
2002
2003 $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2003 $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2004
2004
2005 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2005 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2006 that this should not be used for public servers.
2006 that this should not be used for public servers.
2007
2007
2008 The full set of options is:
2008 The full set of options is:
2009
2009
2010 ``accesslog``
2010 ``accesslog``
2011 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2011 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2012
2012
2013 ``address``
2013 ``address``
2014 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2014 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2015
2015
2016 ``allow_archive``
2016 ``allow_archive``
2017 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2017 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2018 (default: empty)
2018 (default: empty)
2019
2019
2020 ``allowbz2``
2020 ``allowbz2``
2021 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2021 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2022 revisions.
2022 revisions.
2023 (default: False)
2023 (default: False)
2024
2024
2025 ``allowgz``
2025 ``allowgz``
2026 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2026 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2027 revisions.
2027 revisions.
2028 (default: False)
2028 (default: False)
2029
2029
2030 ``allowpull``
2030 ``allowpull``
2031 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2031 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2032
2032
2033 ``allow_push``
2033 ``allow_push``
2034 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2034 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2035 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2035 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2036 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2036 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2037 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2037 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2038 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2038 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2039 allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2039 allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2040
2040
2041 ``allow_read``
2041 ``allow_read``
2042 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2042 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2043 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2043 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2044 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2044 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2045 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2045 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2046 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2046 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2047 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2047 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2048 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2048 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2049 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2049 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2050 examined after the deny_read list.
2050 examined after the deny_read list.
2051
2051
2052 ``allowzip``
2052 ``allowzip``
2053 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2053 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2054 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2054 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2055 (default: False)
2055 (default: False)
2056
2056
2057 ``archivesubrepos``
2057 ``archivesubrepos``
2058 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2058 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2059 (default: False)
2059 (default: False)
2060
2060
2061 ``baseurl``
2061 ``baseurl``
2062 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2062 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2063 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2063 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2064 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2064 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2065
2065
2066 ``cacerts``
2066 ``cacerts``
2067 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2067 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2068 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2068 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2069 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2069 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2070 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2070 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2071 with these certificates.
2071 with these certificates.
2072
2072
2073 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2073 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2074 command line.
2074 command line.
2075
2075
2076 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2076 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2077 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2077 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2078 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2078 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2079 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2079 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2080
2080
2081 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2081 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2082 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2082 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2083 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2083 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2084 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2084 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2085 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2085 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2086 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2086 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2087
2087
2088 ``cache``
2088 ``cache``
2089 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2089 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2090
2090
2091 ``certificate``
2091 ``certificate``
2092 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2092 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2093
2093
2094 ``collapse``
2094 ``collapse``
2095 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2095 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2096 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2096 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2097 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2097 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2098 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2098 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2099 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2099 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2100 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2100 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2101 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2101 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2102
2102
2103 ``comparisoncontext``
2103 ``comparisoncontext``
2104 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2104 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2105 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2105 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2106
2106
2107 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2107 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2108 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2108 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2109
2109
2110 ``contact``
2110 ``contact``
2111 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2111 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2112 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2112 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2113
2113
2114 ``csp``
2115 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2116
2117 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2118 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2119 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2120 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2121 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2122
2123 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2124 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2125 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2126 threat model.
2127
2114 ``deny_push``
2128 ``deny_push``
2115 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2129 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2116 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2130 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2117 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2131 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2118 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2132 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2119 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list.
2133 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list.
2120
2134
2121 ``deny_read``
2135 ``deny_read``
2122 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2136 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2123 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2137 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2124 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2138 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2125 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2139 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2126 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2140 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2127 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2141 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2128 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2142 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2129 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2143 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2130 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2144 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2131 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2145 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2132 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2146 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2133 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2147 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2134 list.
2148 list.
2135
2149
2136 ``descend``
2150 ``descend``
2137 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2151 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2138 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2152 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2139 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2153 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2140
2154
2141 ``description``
2155 ``description``
2142 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2156 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2143 (default: "unknown")
2157 (default: "unknown")
2144
2158
2145 ``encoding``
2159 ``encoding``
2146 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2160 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2147 Example: "UTF-8".
2161 Example: "UTF-8".
2148
2162
2149 ``errorlog``
2163 ``errorlog``
2150 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2164 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2151
2165
2152 ``guessmime``
2166 ``guessmime``
2153 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2167 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2154 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2168 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2155 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2169 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2156 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2170 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2157 repositories. (default: False)
2171 repositories. (default: False)
2158
2172
2159 ``hidden``
2173 ``hidden``
2160 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2174 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2161 (default: False)
2175 (default: False)
2162
2176
2163 ``ipv6``
2177 ``ipv6``
2164 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2178 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2165
2179
2166 ``labels``
2180 ``labels``
2167 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2181 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2168
2182
2169 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2183 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2170 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2184 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2171 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2185 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2172 if a specific label is present.
2186 if a specific label is present.
2173
2187
2174 ``logoimg``
2188 ``logoimg``
2175 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2189 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2176 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2190 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2177 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2191 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2178 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2192 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2179
2193
2180 ``logourl``
2194 ``logourl``
2181 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2195 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2182 will be used.
2196 will be used.
2183
2197
2184 ``maxchanges``
2198 ``maxchanges``
2185 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2199 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2186
2200
2187 ``maxfiles``
2201 ``maxfiles``
2188 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2202 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2189
2203
2190 ``maxshortchanges``
2204 ``maxshortchanges``
2191 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2205 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2192 pages. (default: 60)
2206 pages. (default: 60)
2193
2207
2194 ``name``
2208 ``name``
2195 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2209 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2196 (default: current working directory)
2210 (default: current working directory)
2197
2211
2198 ``port``
2212 ``port``
2199 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2213 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2200
2214
2201 ``prefix``
2215 ``prefix``
2202 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2216 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2203
2217
2204 ``push_ssl``
2218 ``push_ssl``
2205 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2219 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2206 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2220 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2207
2221
2208 ``refreshinterval``
2222 ``refreshinterval``
2209 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2223 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2210 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2224 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2211 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2225 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2212 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2226 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2213
2227
2214 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2228 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2215 (default: 20)
2229 (default: 20)
2216
2230
2217 ``staticurl``
2231 ``staticurl``
2218 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2232 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2219 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2233 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2220 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2234 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2221 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2235 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2222
2236
2223 ``stripes``
2237 ``stripes``
2224 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2238 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2225 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2239 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2226
2240
2227 ``style``
2241 ``style``
2228 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2242 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2229 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2243 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2230 Example: ``monoblue``.
2244 Example: ``monoblue``.
2231
2245
2232 ``templates``
2246 ``templates``
2233 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2247 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2234 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2248 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2235
2249
2236 ``websub``
2250 ``websub``
2237 ----------
2251 ----------
2238
2252
2239 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2253 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2240 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2254 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2241 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2255 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2242
2256
2243 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2257 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2244 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2258 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2245 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2259 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2246 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2260 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2247
2261
2248 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2262 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2249 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2263 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2250 HTML (see the examples below).
2264 HTML (see the examples below).
2251
2265
2252 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2266 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2253 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2267 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2254 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2268 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2255 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2269 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2256
2270
2257 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2271 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2258
2272
2259 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2273 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2260 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2274 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2261
2275
2262 Examples::
2276 Examples::
2263
2277
2264 [websub]
2278 [websub]
2265 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2279 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2266 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2280 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2267 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2281 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2268
2282
2269 ``worker``
2283 ``worker``
2270 ----------
2284 ----------
2271
2285
2272 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2286 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2273 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2287 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2274 helps performance.
2288 helps performance.
2275
2289
2276 ``numcpus``
2290 ``numcpus``
2277 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2291 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2278 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2292 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2279 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2293 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2280
2294
2281 ``backgroundclose``
2295 ``backgroundclose``
2282 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2296 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2283 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2297 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2284 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2298 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2285 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2299 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2286 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2300 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2287
2301
2288 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2302 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2289 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2303 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2290 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2304 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2291 threads.
2305 threads.
2292 (default: 2048)
2306 (default: 2048)
2293
2307
2294 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2308 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2295 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2309 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2296 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2310 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2297 enabled.
2311 enabled.
2298 (default: 384)
2312 (default: 384)
2299
2313
2300 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2314 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2301 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2315 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2302 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2316 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2303 (default: 4)
2317 (default: 4)
@@ -1,201 +1,222 b''
1 # hgweb/common.py - Utility functions needed by hgweb_mod and hgwebdir_mod
1 # hgweb/common.py - Utility functions needed by hgweb_mod and hgwebdir_mod
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 21 May 2005 - (c) 2005 Jake Edge <jake@edge2.net>
3 # Copyright 21 May 2005 - (c) 2005 Jake Edge <jake@edge2.net>
4 # Copyright 2005, 2006 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 # Copyright 2005, 2006 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
5 #
5 #
6 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
7 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
8
8
9 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 from __future__ import absolute_import
10
10
11 import base64
11 import errno
12 import errno
12 import mimetypes
13 import mimetypes
13 import os
14 import os
15 import uuid
14
16
15 from .. import (
17 from .. import (
16 encoding,
18 encoding,
17 pycompat,
19 pycompat,
18 util,
20 util,
19 )
21 )
20
22
21 httpserver = util.httpserver
23 httpserver = util.httpserver
22
24
23 HTTP_OK = 200
25 HTTP_OK = 200
24 HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED = 304
26 HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED = 304
25 HTTP_BAD_REQUEST = 400
27 HTTP_BAD_REQUEST = 400
26 HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED = 401
28 HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED = 401
27 HTTP_FORBIDDEN = 403
29 HTTP_FORBIDDEN = 403
28 HTTP_NOT_FOUND = 404
30 HTTP_NOT_FOUND = 404
29 HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED = 405
31 HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED = 405
30 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR = 500
32 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR = 500
31
33
32
34
33 def ismember(ui, username, userlist):
35 def ismember(ui, username, userlist):
34 """Check if username is a member of userlist.
36 """Check if username is a member of userlist.
35
37
36 If userlist has a single '*' member, all users are considered members.
38 If userlist has a single '*' member, all users are considered members.
37 Can be overridden by extensions to provide more complex authorization
39 Can be overridden by extensions to provide more complex authorization
38 schemes.
40 schemes.
39 """
41 """
40 return userlist == ['*'] or username in userlist
42 return userlist == ['*'] or username in userlist
41
43
42 def checkauthz(hgweb, req, op):
44 def checkauthz(hgweb, req, op):
43 '''Check permission for operation based on request data (including
45 '''Check permission for operation based on request data (including
44 authentication info). Return if op allowed, else raise an ErrorResponse
46 authentication info). Return if op allowed, else raise an ErrorResponse
45 exception.'''
47 exception.'''
46
48
47 user = req.env.get('REMOTE_USER')
49 user = req.env.get('REMOTE_USER')
48
50
49 deny_read = hgweb.configlist('web', 'deny_read')
51 deny_read = hgweb.configlist('web', 'deny_read')
50 if deny_read and (not user or ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, deny_read)):
52 if deny_read and (not user or ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, deny_read)):
51 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'read not authorized')
53 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'read not authorized')
52
54
53 allow_read = hgweb.configlist('web', 'allow_read')
55 allow_read = hgweb.configlist('web', 'allow_read')
54 if allow_read and (not ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, allow_read)):
56 if allow_read and (not ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, allow_read)):
55 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'read not authorized')
57 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'read not authorized')
56
58
57 if op == 'pull' and not hgweb.allowpull:
59 if op == 'pull' and not hgweb.allowpull:
58 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'pull not authorized')
60 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'pull not authorized')
59 elif op == 'pull' or op is None: # op is None for interface requests
61 elif op == 'pull' or op is None: # op is None for interface requests
60 return
62 return
61
63
62 # enforce that you can only push using POST requests
64 # enforce that you can only push using POST requests
63 if req.env['REQUEST_METHOD'] != 'POST':
65 if req.env['REQUEST_METHOD'] != 'POST':
64 msg = 'push requires POST request'
66 msg = 'push requires POST request'
65 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED, msg)
67 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED, msg)
66
68
67 # require ssl by default for pushing, auth info cannot be sniffed
69 # require ssl by default for pushing, auth info cannot be sniffed
68 # and replayed
70 # and replayed
69 scheme = req.env.get('wsgi.url_scheme')
71 scheme = req.env.get('wsgi.url_scheme')
70 if hgweb.configbool('web', 'push_ssl', True) and scheme != 'https':
72 if hgweb.configbool('web', 'push_ssl', True) and scheme != 'https':
71 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_FORBIDDEN, 'ssl required')
73 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_FORBIDDEN, 'ssl required')
72
74
73 deny = hgweb.configlist('web', 'deny_push')
75 deny = hgweb.configlist('web', 'deny_push')
74 if deny and (not user or ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, deny)):
76 if deny and (not user or ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, deny)):
75 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'push not authorized')
77 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'push not authorized')
76
78
77 allow = hgweb.configlist('web', 'allow_push')
79 allow = hgweb.configlist('web', 'allow_push')
78 if not (allow and ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, allow)):
80 if not (allow and ismember(hgweb.repo.ui, user, allow)):
79 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'push not authorized')
81 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED, 'push not authorized')
80
82
81 # Hooks for hgweb permission checks; extensions can add hooks here.
83 # Hooks for hgweb permission checks; extensions can add hooks here.
82 # Each hook is invoked like this: hook(hgweb, request, operation),
84 # Each hook is invoked like this: hook(hgweb, request, operation),
83 # where operation is either read, pull or push. Hooks should either
85 # where operation is either read, pull or push. Hooks should either
84 # raise an ErrorResponse exception, or just return.
86 # raise an ErrorResponse exception, or just return.
85 #
87 #
86 # It is possible to do both authentication and authorization through
88 # It is possible to do both authentication and authorization through
87 # this.
89 # this.
88 permhooks = [checkauthz]
90 permhooks = [checkauthz]
89
91
90
92
91 class ErrorResponse(Exception):
93 class ErrorResponse(Exception):
92 def __init__(self, code, message=None, headers=[]):
94 def __init__(self, code, message=None, headers=[]):
93 if message is None:
95 if message is None:
94 message = _statusmessage(code)
96 message = _statusmessage(code)
95 Exception.__init__(self, message)
97 Exception.__init__(self, message)
96 self.code = code
98 self.code = code
97 self.headers = headers
99 self.headers = headers
98
100
99 class continuereader(object):
101 class continuereader(object):
100 def __init__(self, f, write):
102 def __init__(self, f, write):
101 self.f = f
103 self.f = f
102 self._write = write
104 self._write = write
103 self.continued = False
105 self.continued = False
104
106
105 def read(self, amt=-1):
107 def read(self, amt=-1):
106 if not self.continued:
108 if not self.continued:
107 self.continued = True
109 self.continued = True
108 self._write('HTTP/1.1 100 Continue\r\n\r\n')
110 self._write('HTTP/1.1 100 Continue\r\n\r\n')
109 return self.f.read(amt)
111 return self.f.read(amt)
110
112
111 def __getattr__(self, attr):
113 def __getattr__(self, attr):
112 if attr in ('close', 'readline', 'readlines', '__iter__'):
114 if attr in ('close', 'readline', 'readlines', '__iter__'):
113 return getattr(self.f, attr)
115 return getattr(self.f, attr)
114 raise AttributeError
116 raise AttributeError
115
117
116 def _statusmessage(code):
118 def _statusmessage(code):
117 responses = httpserver.basehttprequesthandler.responses
119 responses = httpserver.basehttprequesthandler.responses
118 return responses.get(code, ('Error', 'Unknown error'))[0]
120 return responses.get(code, ('Error', 'Unknown error'))[0]
119
121
120 def statusmessage(code, message=None):
122 def statusmessage(code, message=None):
121 return '%d %s' % (code, message or _statusmessage(code))
123 return '%d %s' % (code, message or _statusmessage(code))
122
124
123 def get_stat(spath, fn):
125 def get_stat(spath, fn):
124 """stat fn if it exists, spath otherwise"""
126 """stat fn if it exists, spath otherwise"""
125 cl_path = os.path.join(spath, fn)
127 cl_path = os.path.join(spath, fn)
126 if os.path.exists(cl_path):
128 if os.path.exists(cl_path):
127 return os.stat(cl_path)
129 return os.stat(cl_path)
128 else:
130 else:
129 return os.stat(spath)
131 return os.stat(spath)
130
132
131 def get_mtime(spath):
133 def get_mtime(spath):
132 return get_stat(spath, "00changelog.i").st_mtime
134 return get_stat(spath, "00changelog.i").st_mtime
133
135
134 def staticfile(directory, fname, req):
136 def staticfile(directory, fname, req):
135 """return a file inside directory with guessed Content-Type header
137 """return a file inside directory with guessed Content-Type header
136
138
137 fname always uses '/' as directory separator and isn't allowed to
139 fname always uses '/' as directory separator and isn't allowed to
138 contain unusual path components.
140 contain unusual path components.
139 Content-Type is guessed using the mimetypes module.
141 Content-Type is guessed using the mimetypes module.
140 Return an empty string if fname is illegal or file not found.
142 Return an empty string if fname is illegal or file not found.
141
143
142 """
144 """
143 parts = fname.split('/')
145 parts = fname.split('/')
144 for part in parts:
146 for part in parts:
145 if (part in ('', os.curdir, os.pardir) or
147 if (part in ('', os.curdir, os.pardir) or
146 pycompat.ossep in part or
148 pycompat.ossep in part or
147 pycompat.osaltsep is not None and pycompat.osaltsep in part):
149 pycompat.osaltsep is not None and pycompat.osaltsep in part):
148 return
150 return
149 fpath = os.path.join(*parts)
151 fpath = os.path.join(*parts)
150 if isinstance(directory, str):
152 if isinstance(directory, str):
151 directory = [directory]
153 directory = [directory]
152 for d in directory:
154 for d in directory:
153 path = os.path.join(d, fpath)
155 path = os.path.join(d, fpath)
154 if os.path.exists(path):
156 if os.path.exists(path):
155 break
157 break
156 try:
158 try:
157 os.stat(path)
159 os.stat(path)
158 ct = mimetypes.guess_type(path)[0] or "text/plain"
160 ct = mimetypes.guess_type(path)[0] or "text/plain"
159 fp = open(path, 'rb')
161 fp = open(path, 'rb')
160 data = fp.read()
162 data = fp.read()
161 fp.close()
163 fp.close()
162 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ct, body=data)
164 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ct, body=data)
163 except TypeError:
165 except TypeError:
164 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, 'illegal filename')
166 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, 'illegal filename')
165 except OSError as err:
167 except OSError as err:
166 if err.errno == errno.ENOENT:
168 if err.errno == errno.ENOENT:
167 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_NOT_FOUND)
169 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_NOT_FOUND)
168 else:
170 else:
169 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, err.strerror)
171 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, err.strerror)
170
172
171 def paritygen(stripecount, offset=0):
173 def paritygen(stripecount, offset=0):
172 """count parity of horizontal stripes for easier reading"""
174 """count parity of horizontal stripes for easier reading"""
173 if stripecount and offset:
175 if stripecount and offset:
174 # account for offset, e.g. due to building the list in reverse
176 # account for offset, e.g. due to building the list in reverse
175 count = (stripecount + offset) % stripecount
177 count = (stripecount + offset) % stripecount
176 parity = (stripecount + offset) / stripecount & 1
178 parity = (stripecount + offset) / stripecount & 1
177 else:
179 else:
178 count = 0
180 count = 0
179 parity = 0
181 parity = 0
180 while True:
182 while True:
181 yield parity
183 yield parity
182 count += 1
184 count += 1
183 if stripecount and count >= stripecount:
185 if stripecount and count >= stripecount:
184 parity = 1 - parity
186 parity = 1 - parity
185 count = 0
187 count = 0
186
188
187 def get_contact(config):
189 def get_contact(config):
188 """Return repo contact information or empty string.
190 """Return repo contact information or empty string.
189
191
190 web.contact is the primary source, but if that is not set, try
192 web.contact is the primary source, but if that is not set, try
191 ui.username or $EMAIL as a fallback to display something useful.
193 ui.username or $EMAIL as a fallback to display something useful.
192 """
194 """
193 return (config("web", "contact") or
195 return (config("web", "contact") or
194 config("ui", "username") or
196 config("ui", "username") or
195 encoding.environ.get("EMAIL") or "")
197 encoding.environ.get("EMAIL") or "")
196
198
197 def caching(web, req):
199 def caching(web, req):
198 tag = 'W/"%s"' % web.mtime
200 tag = 'W/"%s"' % web.mtime
199 if req.env.get('HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH') == tag:
201 if req.env.get('HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH') == tag:
200 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED)
202 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED)
201 req.headers.append(('ETag', tag))
203 req.headers.append(('ETag', tag))
204
205 def cspvalues(ui):
206 """Obtain the Content-Security-Policy header and nonce value.
207
208 Returns a 2-tuple of the CSP header value and the nonce value.
209
210 First value is ``None`` if CSP isn't enabled. Second value is ``None``
211 if CSP isn't enabled or if the CSP header doesn't need a nonce.
212 """
213 # Don't allow untrusted CSP setting since it be disable protections
214 # from a trusted/global source.
215 csp = ui.config('web', 'csp', untrusted=False)
216 nonce = None
217
218 if csp and '%nonce%' in csp:
219 nonce = base64.urlsafe_b64encode(uuid.uuid4().bytes).rstrip('=')
220 csp = csp.replace('%nonce%', nonce)
221
222 return csp, nonce
@@ -1,470 +1,483 b''
1 # hgweb/hgweb_mod.py - Web interface for a repository.
1 # hgweb/hgweb_mod.py - Web interface for a repository.
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 21 May 2005 - (c) 2005 Jake Edge <jake@edge2.net>
3 # Copyright 21 May 2005 - (c) 2005 Jake Edge <jake@edge2.net>
4 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
5 #
5 #
6 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
7 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
8
8
9 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 from __future__ import absolute_import
10
10
11 import contextlib
11 import contextlib
12 import os
12 import os
13
13
14 from .common import (
14 from .common import (
15 ErrorResponse,
15 ErrorResponse,
16 HTTP_BAD_REQUEST,
16 HTTP_BAD_REQUEST,
17 HTTP_NOT_FOUND,
17 HTTP_NOT_FOUND,
18 HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED,
18 HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED,
19 HTTP_OK,
19 HTTP_OK,
20 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR,
20 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR,
21 caching,
21 caching,
22 cspvalues,
22 permhooks,
23 permhooks,
23 )
24 )
24 from .request import wsgirequest
25 from .request import wsgirequest
25
26
26 from .. import (
27 from .. import (
27 encoding,
28 encoding,
28 error,
29 error,
29 hg,
30 hg,
30 hook,
31 hook,
31 profiling,
32 profiling,
32 repoview,
33 repoview,
33 templatefilters,
34 templatefilters,
34 templater,
35 templater,
35 ui as uimod,
36 ui as uimod,
36 util,
37 util,
37 )
38 )
38
39
39 from . import (
40 from . import (
40 protocol,
41 protocol,
41 webcommands,
42 webcommands,
42 webutil,
43 webutil,
43 wsgicgi,
44 wsgicgi,
44 )
45 )
45
46
46 perms = {
47 perms = {
47 'changegroup': 'pull',
48 'changegroup': 'pull',
48 'changegroupsubset': 'pull',
49 'changegroupsubset': 'pull',
49 'getbundle': 'pull',
50 'getbundle': 'pull',
50 'stream_out': 'pull',
51 'stream_out': 'pull',
51 'listkeys': 'pull',
52 'listkeys': 'pull',
52 'unbundle': 'push',
53 'unbundle': 'push',
53 'pushkey': 'push',
54 'pushkey': 'push',
54 }
55 }
55
56
56 archivespecs = util.sortdict((
57 archivespecs = util.sortdict((
57 ('zip', ('application/zip', 'zip', '.zip', None)),
58 ('zip', ('application/zip', 'zip', '.zip', None)),
58 ('gz', ('application/x-gzip', 'tgz', '.tar.gz', None)),
59 ('gz', ('application/x-gzip', 'tgz', '.tar.gz', None)),
59 ('bz2', ('application/x-bzip2', 'tbz2', '.tar.bz2', None)),
60 ('bz2', ('application/x-bzip2', 'tbz2', '.tar.bz2', None)),
60 ))
61 ))
61
62
62 def makebreadcrumb(url, prefix=''):
63 def makebreadcrumb(url, prefix=''):
63 '''Return a 'URL breadcrumb' list
64 '''Return a 'URL breadcrumb' list
64
65
65 A 'URL breadcrumb' is a list of URL-name pairs,
66 A 'URL breadcrumb' is a list of URL-name pairs,
66 corresponding to each of the path items on a URL.
67 corresponding to each of the path items on a URL.
67 This can be used to create path navigation entries.
68 This can be used to create path navigation entries.
68 '''
69 '''
69 if url.endswith('/'):
70 if url.endswith('/'):
70 url = url[:-1]
71 url = url[:-1]
71 if prefix:
72 if prefix:
72 url = '/' + prefix + url
73 url = '/' + prefix + url
73 relpath = url
74 relpath = url
74 if relpath.startswith('/'):
75 if relpath.startswith('/'):
75 relpath = relpath[1:]
76 relpath = relpath[1:]
76
77
77 breadcrumb = []
78 breadcrumb = []
78 urlel = url
79 urlel = url
79 pathitems = [''] + relpath.split('/')
80 pathitems = [''] + relpath.split('/')
80 for pathel in reversed(pathitems):
81 for pathel in reversed(pathitems):
81 if not pathel or not urlel:
82 if not pathel or not urlel:
82 break
83 break
83 breadcrumb.append({'url': urlel, 'name': pathel})
84 breadcrumb.append({'url': urlel, 'name': pathel})
84 urlel = os.path.dirname(urlel)
85 urlel = os.path.dirname(urlel)
85 return reversed(breadcrumb)
86 return reversed(breadcrumb)
86
87
87 class requestcontext(object):
88 class requestcontext(object):
88 """Holds state/context for an individual request.
89 """Holds state/context for an individual request.
89
90
90 Servers can be multi-threaded. Holding state on the WSGI application
91 Servers can be multi-threaded. Holding state on the WSGI application
91 is prone to race conditions. Instances of this class exist to hold
92 is prone to race conditions. Instances of this class exist to hold
92 mutable and race-free state for requests.
93 mutable and race-free state for requests.
93 """
94 """
94 def __init__(self, app, repo):
95 def __init__(self, app, repo):
95 self.repo = repo
96 self.repo = repo
96 self.reponame = app.reponame
97 self.reponame = app.reponame
97
98
98 self.archivespecs = archivespecs
99 self.archivespecs = archivespecs
99
100
100 self.maxchanges = self.configint('web', 'maxchanges', 10)
101 self.maxchanges = self.configint('web', 'maxchanges', 10)
101 self.stripecount = self.configint('web', 'stripes', 1)
102 self.stripecount = self.configint('web', 'stripes', 1)
102 self.maxshortchanges = self.configint('web', 'maxshortchanges', 60)
103 self.maxshortchanges = self.configint('web', 'maxshortchanges', 60)
103 self.maxfiles = self.configint('web', 'maxfiles', 10)
104 self.maxfiles = self.configint('web', 'maxfiles', 10)
104 self.allowpull = self.configbool('web', 'allowpull', True)
105 self.allowpull = self.configbool('web', 'allowpull', True)
105
106
106 # we use untrusted=False to prevent a repo owner from using
107 # we use untrusted=False to prevent a repo owner from using
107 # web.templates in .hg/hgrc to get access to any file readable
108 # web.templates in .hg/hgrc to get access to any file readable
108 # by the user running the CGI script
109 # by the user running the CGI script
109 self.templatepath = self.config('web', 'templates', untrusted=False)
110 self.templatepath = self.config('web', 'templates', untrusted=False)
110
111
111 # This object is more expensive to build than simple config values.
112 # This object is more expensive to build than simple config values.
112 # It is shared across requests. The app will replace the object
113 # It is shared across requests. The app will replace the object
113 # if it is updated. Since this is a reference and nothing should
114 # if it is updated. Since this is a reference and nothing should
114 # modify the underlying object, it should be constant for the lifetime
115 # modify the underlying object, it should be constant for the lifetime
115 # of the request.
116 # of the request.
116 self.websubtable = app.websubtable
117 self.websubtable = app.websubtable
117
118
119 self.csp, self.nonce = cspvalues(self.repo.ui)
120
118 # Trust the settings from the .hg/hgrc files by default.
121 # Trust the settings from the .hg/hgrc files by default.
119 def config(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
122 def config(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
120 return self.repo.ui.config(section, name, default,
123 return self.repo.ui.config(section, name, default,
121 untrusted=untrusted)
124 untrusted=untrusted)
122
125
123 def configbool(self, section, name, default=False, untrusted=True):
126 def configbool(self, section, name, default=False, untrusted=True):
124 return self.repo.ui.configbool(section, name, default,
127 return self.repo.ui.configbool(section, name, default,
125 untrusted=untrusted)
128 untrusted=untrusted)
126
129
127 def configint(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
130 def configint(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
128 return self.repo.ui.configint(section, name, default,
131 return self.repo.ui.configint(section, name, default,
129 untrusted=untrusted)
132 untrusted=untrusted)
130
133
131 def configlist(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
134 def configlist(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
132 return self.repo.ui.configlist(section, name, default,
135 return self.repo.ui.configlist(section, name, default,
133 untrusted=untrusted)
136 untrusted=untrusted)
134
137
135 def archivelist(self, nodeid):
138 def archivelist(self, nodeid):
136 allowed = self.configlist('web', 'allow_archive')
139 allowed = self.configlist('web', 'allow_archive')
137 for typ, spec in self.archivespecs.iteritems():
140 for typ, spec in self.archivespecs.iteritems():
138 if typ in allowed or self.configbool('web', 'allow%s' % typ):
141 if typ in allowed or self.configbool('web', 'allow%s' % typ):
139 yield {'type': typ, 'extension': spec[2], 'node': nodeid}
142 yield {'type': typ, 'extension': spec[2], 'node': nodeid}
140
143
141 def templater(self, req):
144 def templater(self, req):
142 # determine scheme, port and server name
145 # determine scheme, port and server name
143 # this is needed to create absolute urls
146 # this is needed to create absolute urls
144
147
145 proto = req.env.get('wsgi.url_scheme')
148 proto = req.env.get('wsgi.url_scheme')
146 if proto == 'https':
149 if proto == 'https':
147 proto = 'https'
150 proto = 'https'
148 default_port = '443'
151 default_port = '443'
149 else:
152 else:
150 proto = 'http'
153 proto = 'http'
151 default_port = '80'
154 default_port = '80'
152
155
153 port = req.env['SERVER_PORT']
156 port = req.env['SERVER_PORT']
154 port = port != default_port and (':' + port) or ''
157 port = port != default_port and (':' + port) or ''
155 urlbase = '%s://%s%s' % (proto, req.env['SERVER_NAME'], port)
158 urlbase = '%s://%s%s' % (proto, req.env['SERVER_NAME'], port)
156 logourl = self.config('web', 'logourl', 'https://mercurial-scm.org/')
159 logourl = self.config('web', 'logourl', 'https://mercurial-scm.org/')
157 logoimg = self.config('web', 'logoimg', 'hglogo.png')
160 logoimg = self.config('web', 'logoimg', 'hglogo.png')
158 staticurl = self.config('web', 'staticurl') or req.url + 'static/'
161 staticurl = self.config('web', 'staticurl') or req.url + 'static/'
159 if not staticurl.endswith('/'):
162 if not staticurl.endswith('/'):
160 staticurl += '/'
163 staticurl += '/'
161
164
162 # some functions for the templater
165 # some functions for the templater
163
166
164 def motd(**map):
167 def motd(**map):
165 yield self.config('web', 'motd', '')
168 yield self.config('web', 'motd', '')
166
169
167 # figure out which style to use
170 # figure out which style to use
168
171
169 vars = {}
172 vars = {}
170 styles = (
173 styles = (
171 req.form.get('style', [None])[0],
174 req.form.get('style', [None])[0],
172 self.config('web', 'style'),
175 self.config('web', 'style'),
173 'paper',
176 'paper',
174 )
177 )
175 style, mapfile = templater.stylemap(styles, self.templatepath)
178 style, mapfile = templater.stylemap(styles, self.templatepath)
176 if style == styles[0]:
179 if style == styles[0]:
177 vars['style'] = style
180 vars['style'] = style
178
181
179 start = req.url[-1] == '?' and '&' or '?'
182 start = req.url[-1] == '?' and '&' or '?'
180 sessionvars = webutil.sessionvars(vars, start)
183 sessionvars = webutil.sessionvars(vars, start)
181
184
182 if not self.reponame:
185 if not self.reponame:
183 self.reponame = (self.config('web', 'name')
186 self.reponame = (self.config('web', 'name')
184 or req.env.get('REPO_NAME')
187 or req.env.get('REPO_NAME')
185 or req.url.strip('/') or self.repo.root)
188 or req.url.strip('/') or self.repo.root)
186
189
187 def websubfilter(text):
190 def websubfilter(text):
188 return templatefilters.websub(text, self.websubtable)
191 return templatefilters.websub(text, self.websubtable)
189
192
190 # create the templater
193 # create the templater
191
194
192 defaults = {
195 defaults = {
193 'url': req.url,
196 'url': req.url,
194 'logourl': logourl,
197 'logourl': logourl,
195 'logoimg': logoimg,
198 'logoimg': logoimg,
196 'staticurl': staticurl,
199 'staticurl': staticurl,
197 'urlbase': urlbase,
200 'urlbase': urlbase,
198 'repo': self.reponame,
201 'repo': self.reponame,
199 'encoding': encoding.encoding,
202 'encoding': encoding.encoding,
200 'motd': motd,
203 'motd': motd,
201 'sessionvars': sessionvars,
204 'sessionvars': sessionvars,
202 'pathdef': makebreadcrumb(req.url),
205 'pathdef': makebreadcrumb(req.url),
203 'style': style,
206 'style': style,
207 'nonce': self.nonce,
204 }
208 }
205 tmpl = templater.templater.frommapfile(mapfile,
209 tmpl = templater.templater.frommapfile(mapfile,
206 filters={'websub': websubfilter},
210 filters={'websub': websubfilter},
207 defaults=defaults)
211 defaults=defaults)
208 return tmpl
212 return tmpl
209
213
210
214
211 class hgweb(object):
215 class hgweb(object):
212 """HTTP server for individual repositories.
216 """HTTP server for individual repositories.
213
217
214 Instances of this class serve HTTP responses for a particular
218 Instances of this class serve HTTP responses for a particular
215 repository.
219 repository.
216
220
217 Instances are typically used as WSGI applications.
221 Instances are typically used as WSGI applications.
218
222
219 Some servers are multi-threaded. On these servers, there may
223 Some servers are multi-threaded. On these servers, there may
220 be multiple active threads inside __call__.
224 be multiple active threads inside __call__.
221 """
225 """
222 def __init__(self, repo, name=None, baseui=None):
226 def __init__(self, repo, name=None, baseui=None):
223 if isinstance(repo, str):
227 if isinstance(repo, str):
224 if baseui:
228 if baseui:
225 u = baseui.copy()
229 u = baseui.copy()
226 else:
230 else:
227 u = uimod.ui.load()
231 u = uimod.ui.load()
228 r = hg.repository(u, repo)
232 r = hg.repository(u, repo)
229 else:
233 else:
230 # we trust caller to give us a private copy
234 # we trust caller to give us a private copy
231 r = repo
235 r = repo
232
236
233 r.ui.setconfig('ui', 'report_untrusted', 'off', 'hgweb')
237 r.ui.setconfig('ui', 'report_untrusted', 'off', 'hgweb')
234 r.baseui.setconfig('ui', 'report_untrusted', 'off', 'hgweb')
238 r.baseui.setconfig('ui', 'report_untrusted', 'off', 'hgweb')
235 r.ui.setconfig('ui', 'nontty', 'true', 'hgweb')
239 r.ui.setconfig('ui', 'nontty', 'true', 'hgweb')
236 r.baseui.setconfig('ui', 'nontty', 'true', 'hgweb')
240 r.baseui.setconfig('ui', 'nontty', 'true', 'hgweb')
237 # resolve file patterns relative to repo root
241 # resolve file patterns relative to repo root
238 r.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcecwd', r.root, 'hgweb')
242 r.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcecwd', r.root, 'hgweb')
239 r.baseui.setconfig('ui', 'forcecwd', r.root, 'hgweb')
243 r.baseui.setconfig('ui', 'forcecwd', r.root, 'hgweb')
240 # displaying bundling progress bar while serving feel wrong and may
244 # displaying bundling progress bar while serving feel wrong and may
241 # break some wsgi implementation.
245 # break some wsgi implementation.
242 r.ui.setconfig('progress', 'disable', 'true', 'hgweb')
246 r.ui.setconfig('progress', 'disable', 'true', 'hgweb')
243 r.baseui.setconfig('progress', 'disable', 'true', 'hgweb')
247 r.baseui.setconfig('progress', 'disable', 'true', 'hgweb')
244 self._repos = [hg.cachedlocalrepo(self._webifyrepo(r))]
248 self._repos = [hg.cachedlocalrepo(self._webifyrepo(r))]
245 self._lastrepo = self._repos[0]
249 self._lastrepo = self._repos[0]
246 hook.redirect(True)
250 hook.redirect(True)
247 self.reponame = name
251 self.reponame = name
248
252
249 def _webifyrepo(self, repo):
253 def _webifyrepo(self, repo):
250 repo = getwebview(repo)
254 repo = getwebview(repo)
251 self.websubtable = webutil.getwebsubs(repo)
255 self.websubtable = webutil.getwebsubs(repo)
252 return repo
256 return repo
253
257
254 @contextlib.contextmanager
258 @contextlib.contextmanager
255 def _obtainrepo(self):
259 def _obtainrepo(self):
256 """Obtain a repo unique to the caller.
260 """Obtain a repo unique to the caller.
257
261
258 Internally we maintain a stack of cachedlocalrepo instances
262 Internally we maintain a stack of cachedlocalrepo instances
259 to be handed out. If one is available, we pop it and return it,
263 to be handed out. If one is available, we pop it and return it,
260 ensuring it is up to date in the process. If one is not available,
264 ensuring it is up to date in the process. If one is not available,
261 we clone the most recently used repo instance and return it.
265 we clone the most recently used repo instance and return it.
262
266
263 It is currently possible for the stack to grow without bounds
267 It is currently possible for the stack to grow without bounds
264 if the server allows infinite threads. However, servers should
268 if the server allows infinite threads. However, servers should
265 have a thread limit, thus establishing our limit.
269 have a thread limit, thus establishing our limit.
266 """
270 """
267 if self._repos:
271 if self._repos:
268 cached = self._repos.pop()
272 cached = self._repos.pop()
269 r, created = cached.fetch()
273 r, created = cached.fetch()
270 else:
274 else:
271 cached = self._lastrepo.copy()
275 cached = self._lastrepo.copy()
272 r, created = cached.fetch()
276 r, created = cached.fetch()
273 if created:
277 if created:
274 r = self._webifyrepo(r)
278 r = self._webifyrepo(r)
275
279
276 self._lastrepo = cached
280 self._lastrepo = cached
277 self.mtime = cached.mtime
281 self.mtime = cached.mtime
278 try:
282 try:
279 yield r
283 yield r
280 finally:
284 finally:
281 self._repos.append(cached)
285 self._repos.append(cached)
282
286
283 def run(self):
287 def run(self):
284 """Start a server from CGI environment.
288 """Start a server from CGI environment.
285
289
286 Modern servers should be using WSGI and should avoid this
290 Modern servers should be using WSGI and should avoid this
287 method, if possible.
291 method, if possible.
288 """
292 """
289 if not encoding.environ.get('GATEWAY_INTERFACE',
293 if not encoding.environ.get('GATEWAY_INTERFACE',
290 '').startswith("CGI/1."):
294 '').startswith("CGI/1."):
291 raise RuntimeError("This function is only intended to be "
295 raise RuntimeError("This function is only intended to be "
292 "called while running as a CGI script.")
296 "called while running as a CGI script.")
293 wsgicgi.launch(self)
297 wsgicgi.launch(self)
294
298
295 def __call__(self, env, respond):
299 def __call__(self, env, respond):
296 """Run the WSGI application.
300 """Run the WSGI application.
297
301
298 This may be called by multiple threads.
302 This may be called by multiple threads.
299 """
303 """
300 req = wsgirequest(env, respond)
304 req = wsgirequest(env, respond)
301 return self.run_wsgi(req)
305 return self.run_wsgi(req)
302
306
303 def run_wsgi(self, req):
307 def run_wsgi(self, req):
304 """Internal method to run the WSGI application.
308 """Internal method to run the WSGI application.
305
309
306 This is typically only called by Mercurial. External consumers
310 This is typically only called by Mercurial. External consumers
307 should be using instances of this class as the WSGI application.
311 should be using instances of this class as the WSGI application.
308 """
312 """
309 with self._obtainrepo() as repo:
313 with self._obtainrepo() as repo:
310 with profiling.maybeprofile(repo.ui):
314 with profiling.maybeprofile(repo.ui):
311 for r in self._runwsgi(req, repo):
315 for r in self._runwsgi(req, repo):
312 yield r
316 yield r
313
317
314 def _runwsgi(self, req, repo):
318 def _runwsgi(self, req, repo):
315 rctx = requestcontext(self, repo)
319 rctx = requestcontext(self, repo)
316
320
317 # This state is global across all threads.
321 # This state is global across all threads.
318 encoding.encoding = rctx.config('web', 'encoding', encoding.encoding)
322 encoding.encoding = rctx.config('web', 'encoding', encoding.encoding)
319 rctx.repo.ui.environ = req.env
323 rctx.repo.ui.environ = req.env
320
324
325 if rctx.csp:
326 # hgwebdir may have added CSP header. Since we generate our own,
327 # replace it.
328 req.headers = [h for h in req.headers
329 if h[0] != 'Content-Security-Policy']
330 req.headers.append(('Content-Security-Policy', rctx.csp))
331
321 # work with CGI variables to create coherent structure
332 # work with CGI variables to create coherent structure
322 # use SCRIPT_NAME, PATH_INFO and QUERY_STRING as well as our REPO_NAME
333 # use SCRIPT_NAME, PATH_INFO and QUERY_STRING as well as our REPO_NAME
323
334
324 req.url = req.env['SCRIPT_NAME']
335 req.url = req.env['SCRIPT_NAME']
325 if not req.url.endswith('/'):
336 if not req.url.endswith('/'):
326 req.url += '/'
337 req.url += '/'
327 if 'REPO_NAME' in req.env:
338 if 'REPO_NAME' in req.env:
328 req.url += req.env['REPO_NAME'] + '/'
339 req.url += req.env['REPO_NAME'] + '/'
329
340
330 if 'PATH_INFO' in req.env:
341 if 'PATH_INFO' in req.env:
331 parts = req.env['PATH_INFO'].strip('/').split('/')
342 parts = req.env['PATH_INFO'].strip('/').split('/')
332 repo_parts = req.env.get('REPO_NAME', '').split('/')
343 repo_parts = req.env.get('REPO_NAME', '').split('/')
333 if parts[:len(repo_parts)] == repo_parts:
344 if parts[:len(repo_parts)] == repo_parts:
334 parts = parts[len(repo_parts):]
345 parts = parts[len(repo_parts):]
335 query = '/'.join(parts)
346 query = '/'.join(parts)
336 else:
347 else:
337 query = req.env['QUERY_STRING'].partition('&')[0]
348 query = req.env['QUERY_STRING'].partition('&')[0]
338 query = query.partition(';')[0]
349 query = query.partition(';')[0]
339
350
340 # process this if it's a protocol request
351 # process this if it's a protocol request
341 # protocol bits don't need to create any URLs
352 # protocol bits don't need to create any URLs
342 # and the clients always use the old URL structure
353 # and the clients always use the old URL structure
343
354
344 cmd = req.form.get('cmd', [''])[0]
355 cmd = req.form.get('cmd', [''])[0]
345 if protocol.iscmd(cmd):
356 if protocol.iscmd(cmd):
346 try:
357 try:
347 if query:
358 if query:
348 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_NOT_FOUND)
359 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_NOT_FOUND)
349 if cmd in perms:
360 if cmd in perms:
350 self.check_perm(rctx, req, perms[cmd])
361 self.check_perm(rctx, req, perms[cmd])
351 return protocol.call(rctx.repo, req, cmd)
362 return protocol.call(rctx.repo, req, cmd)
352 except ErrorResponse as inst:
363 except ErrorResponse as inst:
353 # A client that sends unbundle without 100-continue will
364 # A client that sends unbundle without 100-continue will
354 # break if we respond early.
365 # break if we respond early.
355 if (cmd == 'unbundle' and
366 if (cmd == 'unbundle' and
356 (req.env.get('HTTP_EXPECT',
367 (req.env.get('HTTP_EXPECT',
357 '').lower() != '100-continue') or
368 '').lower() != '100-continue') or
358 req.env.get('X-HgHttp2', '')):
369 req.env.get('X-HgHttp2', '')):
359 req.drain()
370 req.drain()
360 else:
371 else:
361 req.headers.append(('Connection', 'Close'))
372 req.headers.append(('Connection', 'Close'))
362 req.respond(inst, protocol.HGTYPE,
373 req.respond(inst, protocol.HGTYPE,
363 body='0\n%s\n' % inst)
374 body='0\n%s\n' % inst)
364 return ''
375 return ''
365
376
366 # translate user-visible url structure to internal structure
377 # translate user-visible url structure to internal structure
367
378
368 args = query.split('/', 2)
379 args = query.split('/', 2)
369 if 'cmd' not in req.form and args and args[0]:
380 if 'cmd' not in req.form and args and args[0]:
370
381
371 cmd = args.pop(0)
382 cmd = args.pop(0)
372 style = cmd.rfind('-')
383 style = cmd.rfind('-')
373 if style != -1:
384 if style != -1:
374 req.form['style'] = [cmd[:style]]
385 req.form['style'] = [cmd[:style]]
375 cmd = cmd[style + 1:]
386 cmd = cmd[style + 1:]
376
387
377 # avoid accepting e.g. style parameter as command
388 # avoid accepting e.g. style parameter as command
378 if util.safehasattr(webcommands, cmd):
389 if util.safehasattr(webcommands, cmd):
379 req.form['cmd'] = [cmd]
390 req.form['cmd'] = [cmd]
380
391
381 if cmd == 'static':
392 if cmd == 'static':
382 req.form['file'] = ['/'.join(args)]
393 req.form['file'] = ['/'.join(args)]
383 else:
394 else:
384 if args and args[0]:
395 if args and args[0]:
385 node = args.pop(0).replace('%2F', '/')
396 node = args.pop(0).replace('%2F', '/')
386 req.form['node'] = [node]
397 req.form['node'] = [node]
387 if args:
398 if args:
388 req.form['file'] = args
399 req.form['file'] = args
389
400
390 ua = req.env.get('HTTP_USER_AGENT', '')
401 ua = req.env.get('HTTP_USER_AGENT', '')
391 if cmd == 'rev' and 'mercurial' in ua:
402 if cmd == 'rev' and 'mercurial' in ua:
392 req.form['style'] = ['raw']
403 req.form['style'] = ['raw']
393
404
394 if cmd == 'archive':
405 if cmd == 'archive':
395 fn = req.form['node'][0]
406 fn = req.form['node'][0]
396 for type_, spec in rctx.archivespecs.iteritems():
407 for type_, spec in rctx.archivespecs.iteritems():
397 ext = spec[2]
408 ext = spec[2]
398 if fn.endswith(ext):
409 if fn.endswith(ext):
399 req.form['node'] = [fn[:-len(ext)]]
410 req.form['node'] = [fn[:-len(ext)]]
400 req.form['type'] = [type_]
411 req.form['type'] = [type_]
401
412
402 # process the web interface request
413 # process the web interface request
403
414
404 try:
415 try:
405 tmpl = rctx.templater(req)
416 tmpl = rctx.templater(req)
406 ctype = tmpl('mimetype', encoding=encoding.encoding)
417 ctype = tmpl('mimetype', encoding=encoding.encoding)
407 ctype = templater.stringify(ctype)
418 ctype = templater.stringify(ctype)
408
419
409 # check read permissions non-static content
420 # check read permissions non-static content
410 if cmd != 'static':
421 if cmd != 'static':
411 self.check_perm(rctx, req, None)
422 self.check_perm(rctx, req, None)
412
423
413 if cmd == '':
424 if cmd == '':
414 req.form['cmd'] = [tmpl.cache['default']]
425 req.form['cmd'] = [tmpl.cache['default']]
415 cmd = req.form['cmd'][0]
426 cmd = req.form['cmd'][0]
416
427
417 if rctx.configbool('web', 'cache', True):
428 # Don't enable caching if using a CSP nonce because then it wouldn't
429 # be a nonce.
430 if rctx.configbool('web', 'cache', True) and not rctx.nonce:
418 caching(self, req) # sets ETag header or raises NOT_MODIFIED
431 caching(self, req) # sets ETag header or raises NOT_MODIFIED
419 if cmd not in webcommands.__all__:
432 if cmd not in webcommands.__all__:
420 msg = 'no such method: %s' % cmd
433 msg = 'no such method: %s' % cmd
421 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_BAD_REQUEST, msg)
434 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_BAD_REQUEST, msg)
422 elif cmd == 'file' and 'raw' in req.form.get('style', []):
435 elif cmd == 'file' and 'raw' in req.form.get('style', []):
423 rctx.ctype = ctype
436 rctx.ctype = ctype
424 content = webcommands.rawfile(rctx, req, tmpl)
437 content = webcommands.rawfile(rctx, req, tmpl)
425 else:
438 else:
426 content = getattr(webcommands, cmd)(rctx, req, tmpl)
439 content = getattr(webcommands, cmd)(rctx, req, tmpl)
427 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ctype)
440 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ctype)
428
441
429 return content
442 return content
430
443
431 except (error.LookupError, error.RepoLookupError) as err:
444 except (error.LookupError, error.RepoLookupError) as err:
432 req.respond(HTTP_NOT_FOUND, ctype)
445 req.respond(HTTP_NOT_FOUND, ctype)
433 msg = str(err)
446 msg = str(err)
434 if (util.safehasattr(err, 'name') and
447 if (util.safehasattr(err, 'name') and
435 not isinstance(err, error.ManifestLookupError)):
448 not isinstance(err, error.ManifestLookupError)):
436 msg = 'revision not found: %s' % err.name
449 msg = 'revision not found: %s' % err.name
437 return tmpl('error', error=msg)
450 return tmpl('error', error=msg)
438 except (error.RepoError, error.RevlogError) as inst:
451 except (error.RepoError, error.RevlogError) as inst:
439 req.respond(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, ctype)
452 req.respond(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, ctype)
440 return tmpl('error', error=str(inst))
453 return tmpl('error', error=str(inst))
441 except ErrorResponse as inst:
454 except ErrorResponse as inst:
442 req.respond(inst, ctype)
455 req.respond(inst, ctype)
443 if inst.code == HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED:
456 if inst.code == HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED:
444 # Not allowed to return a body on a 304
457 # Not allowed to return a body on a 304
445 return ['']
458 return ['']
446 return tmpl('error', error=str(inst))
459 return tmpl('error', error=str(inst))
447
460
448 def check_perm(self, rctx, req, op):
461 def check_perm(self, rctx, req, op):
449 for permhook in permhooks:
462 for permhook in permhooks:
450 permhook(rctx, req, op)
463 permhook(rctx, req, op)
451
464
452 def getwebview(repo):
465 def getwebview(repo):
453 """The 'web.view' config controls changeset filter to hgweb. Possible
466 """The 'web.view' config controls changeset filter to hgweb. Possible
454 values are ``served``, ``visible`` and ``all``. Default is ``served``.
467 values are ``served``, ``visible`` and ``all``. Default is ``served``.
455 The ``served`` filter only shows changesets that can be pulled from the
468 The ``served`` filter only shows changesets that can be pulled from the
456 hgweb instance. The``visible`` filter includes secret changesets but
469 hgweb instance. The``visible`` filter includes secret changesets but
457 still excludes "hidden" one.
470 still excludes "hidden" one.
458
471
459 See the repoview module for details.
472 See the repoview module for details.
460
473
461 The option has been around undocumented since Mercurial 2.5, but no
474 The option has been around undocumented since Mercurial 2.5, but no
462 user ever asked about it. So we better keep it undocumented for now."""
475 user ever asked about it. So we better keep it undocumented for now."""
463 viewconfig = repo.ui.config('web', 'view', 'served',
476 viewconfig = repo.ui.config('web', 'view', 'served',
464 untrusted=True)
477 untrusted=True)
465 if viewconfig == 'all':
478 if viewconfig == 'all':
466 return repo.unfiltered()
479 return repo.unfiltered()
467 elif viewconfig in repoview.filtertable:
480 elif viewconfig in repoview.filtertable:
468 return repo.filtered(viewconfig)
481 return repo.filtered(viewconfig)
469 else:
482 else:
470 return repo.filtered('served')
483 return repo.filtered('served')
@@ -1,522 +1,528 b''
1 # hgweb/hgwebdir_mod.py - Web interface for a directory of repositories.
1 # hgweb/hgwebdir_mod.py - Web interface for a directory of repositories.
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 21 May 2005 - (c) 2005 Jake Edge <jake@edge2.net>
3 # Copyright 21 May 2005 - (c) 2005 Jake Edge <jake@edge2.net>
4 # Copyright 2005, 2006 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 # Copyright 2005, 2006 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
5 #
5 #
6 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
7 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
8
8
9 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 from __future__ import absolute_import
10
10
11 import os
11 import os
12 import re
12 import re
13 import time
13 import time
14
14
15 from ..i18n import _
15 from ..i18n import _
16
16
17 from .common import (
17 from .common import (
18 ErrorResponse,
18 ErrorResponse,
19 HTTP_NOT_FOUND,
19 HTTP_NOT_FOUND,
20 HTTP_OK,
20 HTTP_OK,
21 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR,
21 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR,
22 cspvalues,
22 get_contact,
23 get_contact,
23 get_mtime,
24 get_mtime,
24 ismember,
25 ismember,
25 paritygen,
26 paritygen,
26 staticfile,
27 staticfile,
27 )
28 )
28 from .request import wsgirequest
29 from .request import wsgirequest
29
30
30 from .. import (
31 from .. import (
31 encoding,
32 encoding,
32 error,
33 error,
33 hg,
34 hg,
34 profiling,
35 profiling,
35 scmutil,
36 scmutil,
36 templater,
37 templater,
37 ui as uimod,
38 ui as uimod,
38 util,
39 util,
39 )
40 )
40
41
41 from . import (
42 from . import (
42 hgweb_mod,
43 hgweb_mod,
43 webutil,
44 webutil,
44 wsgicgi,
45 wsgicgi,
45 )
46 )
46
47
47 def cleannames(items):
48 def cleannames(items):
48 return [(util.pconvert(name).strip('/'), path) for name, path in items]
49 return [(util.pconvert(name).strip('/'), path) for name, path in items]
49
50
50 def findrepos(paths):
51 def findrepos(paths):
51 repos = []
52 repos = []
52 for prefix, root in cleannames(paths):
53 for prefix, root in cleannames(paths):
53 roothead, roottail = os.path.split(root)
54 roothead, roottail = os.path.split(root)
54 # "foo = /bar/*" or "foo = /bar/**" lets every repo /bar/N in or below
55 # "foo = /bar/*" or "foo = /bar/**" lets every repo /bar/N in or below
55 # /bar/ be served as as foo/N .
56 # /bar/ be served as as foo/N .
56 # '*' will not search inside dirs with .hg (except .hg/patches),
57 # '*' will not search inside dirs with .hg (except .hg/patches),
57 # '**' will search inside dirs with .hg (and thus also find subrepos).
58 # '**' will search inside dirs with .hg (and thus also find subrepos).
58 try:
59 try:
59 recurse = {'*': False, '**': True}[roottail]
60 recurse = {'*': False, '**': True}[roottail]
60 except KeyError:
61 except KeyError:
61 repos.append((prefix, root))
62 repos.append((prefix, root))
62 continue
63 continue
63 roothead = os.path.normpath(os.path.abspath(roothead))
64 roothead = os.path.normpath(os.path.abspath(roothead))
64 paths = scmutil.walkrepos(roothead, followsym=True, recurse=recurse)
65 paths = scmutil.walkrepos(roothead, followsym=True, recurse=recurse)
65 repos.extend(urlrepos(prefix, roothead, paths))
66 repos.extend(urlrepos(prefix, roothead, paths))
66 return repos
67 return repos
67
68
68 def urlrepos(prefix, roothead, paths):
69 def urlrepos(prefix, roothead, paths):
69 """yield url paths and filesystem paths from a list of repo paths
70 """yield url paths and filesystem paths from a list of repo paths
70
71
71 >>> conv = lambda seq: [(v, util.pconvert(p)) for v,p in seq]
72 >>> conv = lambda seq: [(v, util.pconvert(p)) for v,p in seq]
72 >>> conv(urlrepos('hg', '/opt', ['/opt/r', '/opt/r/r', '/opt']))
73 >>> conv(urlrepos('hg', '/opt', ['/opt/r', '/opt/r/r', '/opt']))
73 [('hg/r', '/opt/r'), ('hg/r/r', '/opt/r/r'), ('hg', '/opt')]
74 [('hg/r', '/opt/r'), ('hg/r/r', '/opt/r/r'), ('hg', '/opt')]
74 >>> conv(urlrepos('', '/opt', ['/opt/r', '/opt/r/r', '/opt']))
75 >>> conv(urlrepos('', '/opt', ['/opt/r', '/opt/r/r', '/opt']))
75 [('r', '/opt/r'), ('r/r', '/opt/r/r'), ('', '/opt')]
76 [('r', '/opt/r'), ('r/r', '/opt/r/r'), ('', '/opt')]
76 """
77 """
77 for path in paths:
78 for path in paths:
78 path = os.path.normpath(path)
79 path = os.path.normpath(path)
79 yield (prefix + '/' +
80 yield (prefix + '/' +
80 util.pconvert(path[len(roothead):]).lstrip('/')).strip('/'), path
81 util.pconvert(path[len(roothead):]).lstrip('/')).strip('/'), path
81
82
82 def geturlcgivars(baseurl, port):
83 def geturlcgivars(baseurl, port):
83 """
84 """
84 Extract CGI variables from baseurl
85 Extract CGI variables from baseurl
85
86
86 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host.org/base", "80")
87 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host.org/base", "80")
87 ('host.org', '80', '/base')
88 ('host.org', '80', '/base')
88 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host.org:8000/base", "80")
89 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host.org:8000/base", "80")
89 ('host.org', '8000', '/base')
90 ('host.org', '8000', '/base')
90 >>> geturlcgivars('/base', 8000)
91 >>> geturlcgivars('/base', 8000)
91 ('', '8000', '/base')
92 ('', '8000', '/base')
92 >>> geturlcgivars("base", '8000')
93 >>> geturlcgivars("base", '8000')
93 ('', '8000', '/base')
94 ('', '8000', '/base')
94 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host", '8000')
95 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host", '8000')
95 ('host', '8000', '/')
96 ('host', '8000', '/')
96 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host/", '8000')
97 >>> geturlcgivars("http://host/", '8000')
97 ('host', '8000', '/')
98 ('host', '8000', '/')
98 """
99 """
99 u = util.url(baseurl)
100 u = util.url(baseurl)
100 name = u.host or ''
101 name = u.host or ''
101 if u.port:
102 if u.port:
102 port = u.port
103 port = u.port
103 path = u.path or ""
104 path = u.path or ""
104 if not path.startswith('/'):
105 if not path.startswith('/'):
105 path = '/' + path
106 path = '/' + path
106
107
107 return name, str(port), path
108 return name, str(port), path
108
109
109 class hgwebdir(object):
110 class hgwebdir(object):
110 """HTTP server for multiple repositories.
111 """HTTP server for multiple repositories.
111
112
112 Given a configuration, different repositories will be served depending
113 Given a configuration, different repositories will be served depending
113 on the request path.
114 on the request path.
114
115
115 Instances are typically used as WSGI applications.
116 Instances are typically used as WSGI applications.
116 """
117 """
117 def __init__(self, conf, baseui=None):
118 def __init__(self, conf, baseui=None):
118 self.conf = conf
119 self.conf = conf
119 self.baseui = baseui
120 self.baseui = baseui
120 self.ui = None
121 self.ui = None
121 self.lastrefresh = 0
122 self.lastrefresh = 0
122 self.motd = None
123 self.motd = None
123 self.refresh()
124 self.refresh()
124
125
125 def refresh(self):
126 def refresh(self):
126 refreshinterval = 20
127 refreshinterval = 20
127 if self.ui:
128 if self.ui:
128 refreshinterval = self.ui.configint('web', 'refreshinterval',
129 refreshinterval = self.ui.configint('web', 'refreshinterval',
129 refreshinterval)
130 refreshinterval)
130
131
131 # refreshinterval <= 0 means to always refresh.
132 # refreshinterval <= 0 means to always refresh.
132 if (refreshinterval > 0 and
133 if (refreshinterval > 0 and
133 self.lastrefresh + refreshinterval > time.time()):
134 self.lastrefresh + refreshinterval > time.time()):
134 return
135 return
135
136
136 if self.baseui:
137 if self.baseui:
137 u = self.baseui.copy()
138 u = self.baseui.copy()
138 else:
139 else:
139 u = uimod.ui.load()
140 u = uimod.ui.load()
140 u.setconfig('ui', 'report_untrusted', 'off', 'hgwebdir')
141 u.setconfig('ui', 'report_untrusted', 'off', 'hgwebdir')
141 u.setconfig('ui', 'nontty', 'true', 'hgwebdir')
142 u.setconfig('ui', 'nontty', 'true', 'hgwebdir')
142 # displaying bundling progress bar while serving feels wrong and may
143 # displaying bundling progress bar while serving feels wrong and may
143 # break some wsgi implementations.
144 # break some wsgi implementations.
144 u.setconfig('progress', 'disable', 'true', 'hgweb')
145 u.setconfig('progress', 'disable', 'true', 'hgweb')
145
146
146 if not isinstance(self.conf, (dict, list, tuple)):
147 if not isinstance(self.conf, (dict, list, tuple)):
147 map = {'paths': 'hgweb-paths'}
148 map = {'paths': 'hgweb-paths'}
148 if not os.path.exists(self.conf):
149 if not os.path.exists(self.conf):
149 raise error.Abort(_('config file %s not found!') % self.conf)
150 raise error.Abort(_('config file %s not found!') % self.conf)
150 u.readconfig(self.conf, remap=map, trust=True)
151 u.readconfig(self.conf, remap=map, trust=True)
151 paths = []
152 paths = []
152 for name, ignored in u.configitems('hgweb-paths'):
153 for name, ignored in u.configitems('hgweb-paths'):
153 for path in u.configlist('hgweb-paths', name):
154 for path in u.configlist('hgweb-paths', name):
154 paths.append((name, path))
155 paths.append((name, path))
155 elif isinstance(self.conf, (list, tuple)):
156 elif isinstance(self.conf, (list, tuple)):
156 paths = self.conf
157 paths = self.conf
157 elif isinstance(self.conf, dict):
158 elif isinstance(self.conf, dict):
158 paths = self.conf.items()
159 paths = self.conf.items()
159
160
160 repos = findrepos(paths)
161 repos = findrepos(paths)
161 for prefix, root in u.configitems('collections'):
162 for prefix, root in u.configitems('collections'):
162 prefix = util.pconvert(prefix)
163 prefix = util.pconvert(prefix)
163 for path in scmutil.walkrepos(root, followsym=True):
164 for path in scmutil.walkrepos(root, followsym=True):
164 repo = os.path.normpath(path)
165 repo = os.path.normpath(path)
165 name = util.pconvert(repo)
166 name = util.pconvert(repo)
166 if name.startswith(prefix):
167 if name.startswith(prefix):
167 name = name[len(prefix):]
168 name = name[len(prefix):]
168 repos.append((name.lstrip('/'), repo))
169 repos.append((name.lstrip('/'), repo))
169
170
170 self.repos = repos
171 self.repos = repos
171 self.ui = u
172 self.ui = u
172 encoding.encoding = self.ui.config('web', 'encoding',
173 encoding.encoding = self.ui.config('web', 'encoding',
173 encoding.encoding)
174 encoding.encoding)
174 self.style = self.ui.config('web', 'style', 'paper')
175 self.style = self.ui.config('web', 'style', 'paper')
175 self.templatepath = self.ui.config('web', 'templates', None)
176 self.templatepath = self.ui.config('web', 'templates', None)
176 self.stripecount = self.ui.config('web', 'stripes', 1)
177 self.stripecount = self.ui.config('web', 'stripes', 1)
177 if self.stripecount:
178 if self.stripecount:
178 self.stripecount = int(self.stripecount)
179 self.stripecount = int(self.stripecount)
179 self._baseurl = self.ui.config('web', 'baseurl')
180 self._baseurl = self.ui.config('web', 'baseurl')
180 prefix = self.ui.config('web', 'prefix', '')
181 prefix = self.ui.config('web', 'prefix', '')
181 if prefix.startswith('/'):
182 if prefix.startswith('/'):
182 prefix = prefix[1:]
183 prefix = prefix[1:]
183 if prefix.endswith('/'):
184 if prefix.endswith('/'):
184 prefix = prefix[:-1]
185 prefix = prefix[:-1]
185 self.prefix = prefix
186 self.prefix = prefix
186 self.lastrefresh = time.time()
187 self.lastrefresh = time.time()
187
188
188 def run(self):
189 def run(self):
189 if not encoding.environ.get('GATEWAY_INTERFACE',
190 if not encoding.environ.get('GATEWAY_INTERFACE',
190 '').startswith("CGI/1."):
191 '').startswith("CGI/1."):
191 raise RuntimeError("This function is only intended to be "
192 raise RuntimeError("This function is only intended to be "
192 "called while running as a CGI script.")
193 "called while running as a CGI script.")
193 wsgicgi.launch(self)
194 wsgicgi.launch(self)
194
195
195 def __call__(self, env, respond):
196 def __call__(self, env, respond):
196 req = wsgirequest(env, respond)
197 req = wsgirequest(env, respond)
197 return self.run_wsgi(req)
198 return self.run_wsgi(req)
198
199
199 def read_allowed(self, ui, req):
200 def read_allowed(self, ui, req):
200 """Check allow_read and deny_read config options of a repo's ui object
201 """Check allow_read and deny_read config options of a repo's ui object
201 to determine user permissions. By default, with neither option set (or
202 to determine user permissions. By default, with neither option set (or
202 both empty), allow all users to read the repo. There are two ways a
203 both empty), allow all users to read the repo. There are two ways a
203 user can be denied read access: (1) deny_read is not empty, and the
204 user can be denied read access: (1) deny_read is not empty, and the
204 user is unauthenticated or deny_read contains user (or *), and (2)
205 user is unauthenticated or deny_read contains user (or *), and (2)
205 allow_read is not empty and the user is not in allow_read. Return True
206 allow_read is not empty and the user is not in allow_read. Return True
206 if user is allowed to read the repo, else return False."""
207 if user is allowed to read the repo, else return False."""
207
208
208 user = req.env.get('REMOTE_USER')
209 user = req.env.get('REMOTE_USER')
209
210
210 deny_read = ui.configlist('web', 'deny_read', untrusted=True)
211 deny_read = ui.configlist('web', 'deny_read', untrusted=True)
211 if deny_read and (not user or ismember(ui, user, deny_read)):
212 if deny_read and (not user or ismember(ui, user, deny_read)):
212 return False
213 return False
213
214
214 allow_read = ui.configlist('web', 'allow_read', untrusted=True)
215 allow_read = ui.configlist('web', 'allow_read', untrusted=True)
215 # by default, allow reading if no allow_read option has been set
216 # by default, allow reading if no allow_read option has been set
216 if (not allow_read) or ismember(ui, user, allow_read):
217 if (not allow_read) or ismember(ui, user, allow_read):
217 return True
218 return True
218
219
219 return False
220 return False
220
221
221 def run_wsgi(self, req):
222 def run_wsgi(self, req):
222 with profiling.maybeprofile(self.ui):
223 with profiling.maybeprofile(self.ui):
223 for r in self._runwsgi(req):
224 for r in self._runwsgi(req):
224 yield r
225 yield r
225
226
226 def _runwsgi(self, req):
227 def _runwsgi(self, req):
227 try:
228 try:
228 self.refresh()
229 self.refresh()
229
230
231 csp, nonce = cspvalues(self.ui)
232 if csp:
233 req.headers.append(('Content-Security-Policy', csp))
234
230 virtual = req.env.get("PATH_INFO", "").strip('/')
235 virtual = req.env.get("PATH_INFO", "").strip('/')
231 tmpl = self.templater(req)
236 tmpl = self.templater(req, nonce)
232 ctype = tmpl('mimetype', encoding=encoding.encoding)
237 ctype = tmpl('mimetype', encoding=encoding.encoding)
233 ctype = templater.stringify(ctype)
238 ctype = templater.stringify(ctype)
234
239
235 # a static file
240 # a static file
236 if virtual.startswith('static/') or 'static' in req.form:
241 if virtual.startswith('static/') or 'static' in req.form:
237 if virtual.startswith('static/'):
242 if virtual.startswith('static/'):
238 fname = virtual[7:]
243 fname = virtual[7:]
239 else:
244 else:
240 fname = req.form['static'][0]
245 fname = req.form['static'][0]
241 static = self.ui.config("web", "static", None,
246 static = self.ui.config("web", "static", None,
242 untrusted=False)
247 untrusted=False)
243 if not static:
248 if not static:
244 tp = self.templatepath or templater.templatepaths()
249 tp = self.templatepath or templater.templatepaths()
245 if isinstance(tp, str):
250 if isinstance(tp, str):
246 tp = [tp]
251 tp = [tp]
247 static = [os.path.join(p, 'static') for p in tp]
252 static = [os.path.join(p, 'static') for p in tp]
248 staticfile(static, fname, req)
253 staticfile(static, fname, req)
249 return []
254 return []
250
255
251 # top-level index
256 # top-level index
252 elif not virtual:
257 elif not virtual:
253 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ctype)
258 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ctype)
254 return self.makeindex(req, tmpl)
259 return self.makeindex(req, tmpl)
255
260
256 # nested indexes and hgwebs
261 # nested indexes and hgwebs
257
262
258 repos = dict(self.repos)
263 repos = dict(self.repos)
259 virtualrepo = virtual
264 virtualrepo = virtual
260 while virtualrepo:
265 while virtualrepo:
261 real = repos.get(virtualrepo)
266 real = repos.get(virtualrepo)
262 if real:
267 if real:
263 req.env['REPO_NAME'] = virtualrepo
268 req.env['REPO_NAME'] = virtualrepo
264 try:
269 try:
265 # ensure caller gets private copy of ui
270 # ensure caller gets private copy of ui
266 repo = hg.repository(self.ui.copy(), real)
271 repo = hg.repository(self.ui.copy(), real)
267 return hgweb_mod.hgweb(repo).run_wsgi(req)
272 return hgweb_mod.hgweb(repo).run_wsgi(req)
268 except IOError as inst:
273 except IOError as inst:
269 msg = inst.strerror
274 msg = inst.strerror
270 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, msg)
275 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, msg)
271 except error.RepoError as inst:
276 except error.RepoError as inst:
272 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, str(inst))
277 raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, str(inst))
273
278
274 up = virtualrepo.rfind('/')
279 up = virtualrepo.rfind('/')
275 if up < 0:
280 if up < 0:
276 break
281 break
277 virtualrepo = virtualrepo[:up]
282 virtualrepo = virtualrepo[:up]
278
283
279 # browse subdirectories
284 # browse subdirectories
280 subdir = virtual + '/'
285 subdir = virtual + '/'
281 if [r for r in repos if r.startswith(subdir)]:
286 if [r for r in repos if r.startswith(subdir)]:
282 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ctype)
287 req.respond(HTTP_OK, ctype)
283 return self.makeindex(req, tmpl, subdir)
288 return self.makeindex(req, tmpl, subdir)
284
289
285 # prefixes not found
290 # prefixes not found
286 req.respond(HTTP_NOT_FOUND, ctype)
291 req.respond(HTTP_NOT_FOUND, ctype)
287 return tmpl("notfound", repo=virtual)
292 return tmpl("notfound", repo=virtual)
288
293
289 except ErrorResponse as err:
294 except ErrorResponse as err:
290 req.respond(err, ctype)
295 req.respond(err, ctype)
291 return tmpl('error', error=err.message or '')
296 return tmpl('error', error=err.message or '')
292 finally:
297 finally:
293 tmpl = None
298 tmpl = None
294
299
295 def makeindex(self, req, tmpl, subdir=""):
300 def makeindex(self, req, tmpl, subdir=""):
296
301
297 def archivelist(ui, nodeid, url):
302 def archivelist(ui, nodeid, url):
298 allowed = ui.configlist("web", "allow_archive", untrusted=True)
303 allowed = ui.configlist("web", "allow_archive", untrusted=True)
299 archives = []
304 archives = []
300 for typ, spec in hgweb_mod.archivespecs.iteritems():
305 for typ, spec in hgweb_mod.archivespecs.iteritems():
301 if typ in allowed or ui.configbool("web", "allow" + typ,
306 if typ in allowed or ui.configbool("web", "allow" + typ,
302 untrusted=True):
307 untrusted=True):
303 archives.append({"type" : typ, "extension": spec[2],
308 archives.append({"type" : typ, "extension": spec[2],
304 "node": nodeid, "url": url})
309 "node": nodeid, "url": url})
305 return archives
310 return archives
306
311
307 def rawentries(subdir="", **map):
312 def rawentries(subdir="", **map):
308
313
309 descend = self.ui.configbool('web', 'descend', True)
314 descend = self.ui.configbool('web', 'descend', True)
310 collapse = self.ui.configbool('web', 'collapse', False)
315 collapse = self.ui.configbool('web', 'collapse', False)
311 seenrepos = set()
316 seenrepos = set()
312 seendirs = set()
317 seendirs = set()
313 for name, path in self.repos:
318 for name, path in self.repos:
314
319
315 if not name.startswith(subdir):
320 if not name.startswith(subdir):
316 continue
321 continue
317 name = name[len(subdir):]
322 name = name[len(subdir):]
318 directory = False
323 directory = False
319
324
320 if '/' in name:
325 if '/' in name:
321 if not descend:
326 if not descend:
322 continue
327 continue
323
328
324 nameparts = name.split('/')
329 nameparts = name.split('/')
325 rootname = nameparts[0]
330 rootname = nameparts[0]
326
331
327 if not collapse:
332 if not collapse:
328 pass
333 pass
329 elif rootname in seendirs:
334 elif rootname in seendirs:
330 continue
335 continue
331 elif rootname in seenrepos:
336 elif rootname in seenrepos:
332 pass
337 pass
333 else:
338 else:
334 directory = True
339 directory = True
335 name = rootname
340 name = rootname
336
341
337 # redefine the path to refer to the directory
342 # redefine the path to refer to the directory
338 discarded = '/'.join(nameparts[1:])
343 discarded = '/'.join(nameparts[1:])
339
344
340 # remove name parts plus accompanying slash
345 # remove name parts plus accompanying slash
341 path = path[:-len(discarded) - 1]
346 path = path[:-len(discarded) - 1]
342
347
343 try:
348 try:
344 r = hg.repository(self.ui, path)
349 r = hg.repository(self.ui, path)
345 directory = False
350 directory = False
346 except (IOError, error.RepoError):
351 except (IOError, error.RepoError):
347 pass
352 pass
348
353
349 parts = [name]
354 parts = [name]
350 if 'PATH_INFO' in req.env:
355 if 'PATH_INFO' in req.env:
351 parts.insert(0, req.env['PATH_INFO'].rstrip('/'))
356 parts.insert(0, req.env['PATH_INFO'].rstrip('/'))
352 if req.env['SCRIPT_NAME']:
357 if req.env['SCRIPT_NAME']:
353 parts.insert(0, req.env['SCRIPT_NAME'])
358 parts.insert(0, req.env['SCRIPT_NAME'])
354 url = re.sub(r'/+', '/', '/'.join(parts) + '/')
359 url = re.sub(r'/+', '/', '/'.join(parts) + '/')
355
360
356 # show either a directory entry or a repository
361 # show either a directory entry or a repository
357 if directory:
362 if directory:
358 # get the directory's time information
363 # get the directory's time information
359 try:
364 try:
360 d = (get_mtime(path), util.makedate()[1])
365 d = (get_mtime(path), util.makedate()[1])
361 except OSError:
366 except OSError:
362 continue
367 continue
363
368
364 # add '/' to the name to make it obvious that
369 # add '/' to the name to make it obvious that
365 # the entry is a directory, not a regular repository
370 # the entry is a directory, not a regular repository
366 row = {'contact': "",
371 row = {'contact': "",
367 'contact_sort': "",
372 'contact_sort': "",
368 'name': name + '/',
373 'name': name + '/',
369 'name_sort': name,
374 'name_sort': name,
370 'url': url,
375 'url': url,
371 'description': "",
376 'description': "",
372 'description_sort': "",
377 'description_sort': "",
373 'lastchange': d,
378 'lastchange': d,
374 'lastchange_sort': d[1]-d[0],
379 'lastchange_sort': d[1]-d[0],
375 'archives': [],
380 'archives': [],
376 'isdirectory': True,
381 'isdirectory': True,
377 'labels': [],
382 'labels': [],
378 }
383 }
379
384
380 seendirs.add(name)
385 seendirs.add(name)
381 yield row
386 yield row
382 continue
387 continue
383
388
384 u = self.ui.copy()
389 u = self.ui.copy()
385 try:
390 try:
386 u.readconfig(os.path.join(path, '.hg', 'hgrc'))
391 u.readconfig(os.path.join(path, '.hg', 'hgrc'))
387 except Exception as e:
392 except Exception as e:
388 u.warn(_('error reading %s/.hg/hgrc: %s\n') % (path, e))
393 u.warn(_('error reading %s/.hg/hgrc: %s\n') % (path, e))
389 continue
394 continue
390 def get(section, name, default=None):
395 def get(section, name, default=None):
391 return u.config(section, name, default, untrusted=True)
396 return u.config(section, name, default, untrusted=True)
392
397
393 if u.configbool("web", "hidden", untrusted=True):
398 if u.configbool("web", "hidden", untrusted=True):
394 continue
399 continue
395
400
396 if not self.read_allowed(u, req):
401 if not self.read_allowed(u, req):
397 continue
402 continue
398
403
399 # update time with local timezone
404 # update time with local timezone
400 try:
405 try:
401 r = hg.repository(self.ui, path)
406 r = hg.repository(self.ui, path)
402 except IOError:
407 except IOError:
403 u.warn(_('error accessing repository at %s\n') % path)
408 u.warn(_('error accessing repository at %s\n') % path)
404 continue
409 continue
405 except error.RepoError:
410 except error.RepoError:
406 u.warn(_('error accessing repository at %s\n') % path)
411 u.warn(_('error accessing repository at %s\n') % path)
407 continue
412 continue
408 try:
413 try:
409 d = (get_mtime(r.spath), util.makedate()[1])
414 d = (get_mtime(r.spath), util.makedate()[1])
410 except OSError:
415 except OSError:
411 continue
416 continue
412
417
413 contact = get_contact(get)
418 contact = get_contact(get)
414 description = get("web", "description", "")
419 description = get("web", "description", "")
415 seenrepos.add(name)
420 seenrepos.add(name)
416 name = get("web", "name", name)
421 name = get("web", "name", name)
417 row = {'contact': contact or "unknown",
422 row = {'contact': contact or "unknown",
418 'contact_sort': contact.upper() or "unknown",
423 'contact_sort': contact.upper() or "unknown",
419 'name': name,
424 'name': name,
420 'name_sort': name,
425 'name_sort': name,
421 'url': url,
426 'url': url,
422 'description': description or "unknown",
427 'description': description or "unknown",
423 'description_sort': description.upper() or "unknown",
428 'description_sort': description.upper() or "unknown",
424 'lastchange': d,
429 'lastchange': d,
425 'lastchange_sort': d[1]-d[0],
430 'lastchange_sort': d[1]-d[0],
426 'archives': archivelist(u, "tip", url),
431 'archives': archivelist(u, "tip", url),
427 'isdirectory': None,
432 'isdirectory': None,
428 'labels': u.configlist('web', 'labels', untrusted=True),
433 'labels': u.configlist('web', 'labels', untrusted=True),
429 }
434 }
430
435
431 yield row
436 yield row
432
437
433 sortdefault = None, False
438 sortdefault = None, False
434 def entries(sortcolumn="", descending=False, subdir="", **map):
439 def entries(sortcolumn="", descending=False, subdir="", **map):
435 rows = rawentries(subdir=subdir, **map)
440 rows = rawentries(subdir=subdir, **map)
436
441
437 if sortcolumn and sortdefault != (sortcolumn, descending):
442 if sortcolumn and sortdefault != (sortcolumn, descending):
438 sortkey = '%s_sort' % sortcolumn
443 sortkey = '%s_sort' % sortcolumn
439 rows = sorted(rows, key=lambda x: x[sortkey],
444 rows = sorted(rows, key=lambda x: x[sortkey],
440 reverse=descending)
445 reverse=descending)
441 for row, parity in zip(rows, paritygen(self.stripecount)):
446 for row, parity in zip(rows, paritygen(self.stripecount)):
442 row['parity'] = parity
447 row['parity'] = parity
443 yield row
448 yield row
444
449
445 self.refresh()
450 self.refresh()
446 sortable = ["name", "description", "contact", "lastchange"]
451 sortable = ["name", "description", "contact", "lastchange"]
447 sortcolumn, descending = sortdefault
452 sortcolumn, descending = sortdefault
448 if 'sort' in req.form:
453 if 'sort' in req.form:
449 sortcolumn = req.form['sort'][0]
454 sortcolumn = req.form['sort'][0]
450 descending = sortcolumn.startswith('-')
455 descending = sortcolumn.startswith('-')
451 if descending:
456 if descending:
452 sortcolumn = sortcolumn[1:]
457 sortcolumn = sortcolumn[1:]
453 if sortcolumn not in sortable:
458 if sortcolumn not in sortable:
454 sortcolumn = ""
459 sortcolumn = ""
455
460
456 sort = [("sort_%s" % column,
461 sort = [("sort_%s" % column,
457 "%s%s" % ((not descending and column == sortcolumn)
462 "%s%s" % ((not descending and column == sortcolumn)
458 and "-" or "", column))
463 and "-" or "", column))
459 for column in sortable]
464 for column in sortable]
460
465
461 self.refresh()
466 self.refresh()
462 self.updatereqenv(req.env)
467 self.updatereqenv(req.env)
463
468
464 return tmpl("index", entries=entries, subdir=subdir,
469 return tmpl("index", entries=entries, subdir=subdir,
465 pathdef=hgweb_mod.makebreadcrumb('/' + subdir, self.prefix),
470 pathdef=hgweb_mod.makebreadcrumb('/' + subdir, self.prefix),
466 sortcolumn=sortcolumn, descending=descending,
471 sortcolumn=sortcolumn, descending=descending,
467 **dict(sort))
472 **dict(sort))
468
473
469 def templater(self, req):
474 def templater(self, req, nonce):
470
475
471 def motd(**map):
476 def motd(**map):
472 if self.motd is not None:
477 if self.motd is not None:
473 yield self.motd
478 yield self.motd
474 else:
479 else:
475 yield config('web', 'motd', '')
480 yield config('web', 'motd', '')
476
481
477 def config(section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
482 def config(section, name, default=None, untrusted=True):
478 return self.ui.config(section, name, default, untrusted)
483 return self.ui.config(section, name, default, untrusted)
479
484
480 self.updatereqenv(req.env)
485 self.updatereqenv(req.env)
481
486
482 url = req.env.get('SCRIPT_NAME', '')
487 url = req.env.get('SCRIPT_NAME', '')
483 if not url.endswith('/'):
488 if not url.endswith('/'):
484 url += '/'
489 url += '/'
485
490
486 vars = {}
491 vars = {}
487 styles = (
492 styles = (
488 req.form.get('style', [None])[0],
493 req.form.get('style', [None])[0],
489 config('web', 'style'),
494 config('web', 'style'),
490 'paper'
495 'paper'
491 )
496 )
492 style, mapfile = templater.stylemap(styles, self.templatepath)
497 style, mapfile = templater.stylemap(styles, self.templatepath)
493 if style == styles[0]:
498 if style == styles[0]:
494 vars['style'] = style
499 vars['style'] = style
495
500
496 start = url[-1] == '?' and '&' or '?'
501 start = url[-1] == '?' and '&' or '?'
497 sessionvars = webutil.sessionvars(vars, start)
502 sessionvars = webutil.sessionvars(vars, start)
498 logourl = config('web', 'logourl', 'https://mercurial-scm.org/')
503 logourl = config('web', 'logourl', 'https://mercurial-scm.org/')
499 logoimg = config('web', 'logoimg', 'hglogo.png')
504 logoimg = config('web', 'logoimg', 'hglogo.png')
500 staticurl = config('web', 'staticurl') or url + 'static/'
505 staticurl = config('web', 'staticurl') or url + 'static/'
501 if not staticurl.endswith('/'):
506 if not staticurl.endswith('/'):
502 staticurl += '/'
507 staticurl += '/'
503
508
504 defaults = {
509 defaults = {
505 "encoding": encoding.encoding,
510 "encoding": encoding.encoding,
506 "motd": motd,
511 "motd": motd,
507 "url": url,
512 "url": url,
508 "logourl": logourl,
513 "logourl": logourl,
509 "logoimg": logoimg,
514 "logoimg": logoimg,
510 "staticurl": staticurl,
515 "staticurl": staticurl,
511 "sessionvars": sessionvars,
516 "sessionvars": sessionvars,
512 "style": style,
517 "style": style,
518 "nonce": nonce,
513 }
519 }
514 tmpl = templater.templater.frommapfile(mapfile, defaults=defaults)
520 tmpl = templater.templater.frommapfile(mapfile, defaults=defaults)
515 return tmpl
521 return tmpl
516
522
517 def updatereqenv(self, env):
523 def updatereqenv(self, env):
518 if self._baseurl is not None:
524 if self._baseurl is not None:
519 name, port, path = geturlcgivars(self._baseurl, env['SERVER_PORT'])
525 name, port, path = geturlcgivars(self._baseurl, env['SERVER_PORT'])
520 env['SERVER_NAME'] = name
526 env['SERVER_NAME'] = name
521 env['SERVER_PORT'] = port
527 env['SERVER_PORT'] = port
522 env['SCRIPT_NAME'] = path
528 env['SCRIPT_NAME'] = path
@@ -1,122 +1,122 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: Graph</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: Graph</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
7 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
7 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
8 </head>
8 </head>
9 <body>
9 <body>
10
10
11 <div class="page_header">
11 <div class="page_header">
12 <a href="{logourl}" title="Mercurial" style="float: right;">Mercurial</a>
12 <a href="{logourl}" title="Mercurial" style="float: right;">Mercurial</a>
13 <a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / graph
13 <a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / graph
14 </div>
14 </div>
15
15
16 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
16 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
17 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
17 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
18 <div class="search">
18 <div class="search">
19 <input type="text" name="rev" />
19 <input type="text" name="rev" />
20 </div>
20 </div>
21 </form>
21 </form>
22 <div class="page_nav">
22 <div class="page_nav">
23 <a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a> |
23 <a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a> |
24 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">shortlog</a> |
24 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">shortlog</a> |
25 <a href="{url|urlescape}log/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a> |
25 <a href="{url|urlescape}log/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a> |
26 graph |
26 graph |
27 <a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a> |
27 <a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a> |
28 <a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a> |
28 <a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a> |
29 <a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a> |
29 <a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a> |
30 <a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a> |
30 <a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a> |
31 <a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a>
31 <a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a>
32 <br/>
32 <br/>
33 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
33 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
34 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
34 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
35 | {changenav%navgraph}<br/>
35 | {changenav%navgraph}<br/>
36 </div>
36 </div>
37
37
38 <div class="title">&nbsp;</div>
38 <div class="title">&nbsp;</div>
39
39
40 <noscript>The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</noscript>
40 <noscript>The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</noscript>
41
41
42 <div id="wrapper">
42 <div id="wrapper">
43 <ul id="nodebgs"></ul>
43 <ul id="nodebgs"></ul>
44 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
44 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
45 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
45 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
46 </div>
46 </div>
47
47
48 <script>
48 <script{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
49 <!-- hide script content
49 <!-- hide script content
50
50
51 var data = {jsdata|json};
51 var data = {jsdata|json};
52 var graph = new Graph();
52 var graph = new Graph();
53 graph.scale({bg_height});
53 graph.scale({bg_height});
54
54
55 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
55 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
56
56
57 this.ctx.beginPath();
57 this.ctx.beginPath();
58 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
58 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
59 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
59 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
60 this.ctx.fill();
60 this.ctx.fill();
61
61
62 var bg = '<li class="bg parity' + parity + '"></li>';
62 var bg = '<li class="bg parity' + parity + '"></li>';
63 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
63 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
64 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
64 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
65
65
66 var tagspan = '';
66 var tagspan = '';
67 if (cur[7].length || cur[8].length || (cur[6][0] != 'default' || cur[6][1])) \{
67 if (cur[7].length || cur[8].length || (cur[6][0] != 'default' || cur[6][1])) \{
68 tagspan = '<span class="logtags">';
68 tagspan = '<span class="logtags">';
69 if (cur[6][1]) \{
69 if (cur[6][1]) \{
70 tagspan += '<span class="branchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
70 tagspan += '<span class="branchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
71 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
71 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
72 } else if (!cur[6][1] && cur[6][0] != 'default') \{
72 } else if (!cur[6][1] && cur[6][0] != 'default') \{
73 tagspan += '<span class="inbranchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
73 tagspan += '<span class="inbranchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
74 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
74 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
75 }
75 }
76 if (cur[7].length) \{
76 if (cur[7].length) \{
77 for (var t in cur[7]) \{
77 for (var t in cur[7]) \{
78 var tag = cur[7][t];
78 var tag = cur[7][t];
79 tagspan += '<span class="tagtag">' + tag + '</span> ';
79 tagspan += '<span class="tagtag">' + tag + '</span> ';
80 }
80 }
81 }
81 }
82 if (cur[8].length) \{
82 if (cur[8].length) \{
83 for (var t in cur[8]) \{
83 for (var t in cur[8]) \{
84 var bookmark = cur[8][t];
84 var bookmark = cur[8][t];
85 tagspan += '<span class="bookmarktag">' + bookmark + '</span> ';
85 tagspan += '<span class="bookmarktag">' + bookmark + '</span> ';
86 }
86 }
87 }
87 }
88 tagspan += '</span>';
88 tagspan += '</span>';
89 }
89 }
90
90
91 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
91 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
92 item += '<a class="list" href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '"><b>' + cur[3] + '</b></a>';
92 item += '<a class="list" href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '"><b>' + cur[3] + '</b></a>';
93 item += '</span> ' + tagspan + '';
93 item += '</span> ' + tagspan + '';
94 item += '<span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
94 item += '<span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
95
95
96 return [bg, item];
96 return [bg, item];
97
97
98 }
98 }
99
99
100 graph.render(data);
100 graph.render(data);
101
101
102 // stop hiding script -->
102 // stop hiding script -->
103 </script>
103 </script>
104
104
105 <div class="page_nav">
105 <div class="page_nav">
106 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
106 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
107 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
107 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
108 | {changenav%navgraph}
108 | {changenav%navgraph}
109 </div>
109 </div>
110
110
111 <script type="text/javascript">
111 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
112 ajaxScrollInit(
112 ajaxScrollInit(
113 '{url|urlescape}graph/{rev}?revcount=%next%&style={style}',
113 '{url|urlescape}graph/{rev}?revcount=%next%&style={style}',
114 {revcount}+60,
114 {revcount}+60,
115 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{ return previousVal + 60; },
115 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{ return previousVal + 60; },
116 '#wrapper',
116 '#wrapper',
117 '<div class="%class%" style="text-align: center;">%text%</div>',
117 '<div class="%class%" style="text-align: center;">%text%</div>',
118 'graph'
118 'graph'
119 );
119 );
120 </script>
120 </script>
121
121
122 {footer}
122 {footer}
@@ -1,58 +1,58 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: Shortlog</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: Shortlog</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
7 </head>
7 </head>
8 <body>
8 <body>
9
9
10 <div class="page_header">
10 <div class="page_header">
11 <a href="{logourl}" title="Mercurial" style="float: right;">Mercurial</a>
11 <a href="{logourl}" title="Mercurial" style="float: right;">Mercurial</a>
12 <a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / shortlog
12 <a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / shortlog
13 </div>
13 </div>
14
14
15 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
15 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
16 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
16 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
17 <div class="search">
17 <div class="search">
18 <input type="text" name="rev" />
18 <input type="text" name="rev" />
19 </div>
19 </div>
20 </form>
20 </form>
21 <div class="page_nav">
21 <div class="page_nav">
22 <a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a> |
22 <a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a> |
23 shortlog |
23 shortlog |
24 <a href="{url|urlescape}log/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a> |
24 <a href="{url|urlescape}log/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a> |
25 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">graph</a> |
25 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">graph</a> |
26 <a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a> |
26 <a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a> |
27 <a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a> |
27 <a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a> |
28 <a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a> |
28 <a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a> |
29 <a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a>{archives%archiveentry} |
29 <a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a>{archives%archiveentry} |
30 <a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a>
30 <a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a>
31 <br/>{changenav%navshort}<br/>
31 <br/>{changenav%navshort}<br/>
32 </div>
32 </div>
33
33
34 <div class="title">&nbsp;</div>
34 <div class="title">&nbsp;</div>
35 <table class="shortlogtable" cellspacing="0">
35 <table class="shortlogtable" cellspacing="0">
36 {entries%shortlogentry}
36 {entries%shortlogentry}
37 </table>
37 </table>
38
38
39 <div class="page_nav">
39 <div class="page_nav">
40 {changenav%navshort}
40 {changenav%navshort}
41 </div>
41 </div>
42
42
43 <script type="text/javascript">
43 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
44 ajaxScrollInit(
44 ajaxScrollInit(
45 '{url|urlescape}shortlog/%next%{sessionvars%urlparameter}',
45 '{url|urlescape}shortlog/%next%{sessionvars%urlparameter}',
46 '{nextentry%"{node}"}', <!-- NEXTHASH
46 '{nextentry%"{node}"}', <!-- NEXTHASH
47 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{
47 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{
48 var m = htmlText.match(/'(\w+)', <!-- NEXTHASH/);
48 var m = htmlText.match(/'(\w+)', <!-- NEXTHASH/);
49 return m ? m[1] : null;
49 return m ? m[1] : null;
50 },
50 },
51 '.shortlogtable > tbody:nth-of-type(1)',
51 '.shortlogtable > tbody:nth-of-type(1)',
52 '<tr class="%class%">\
52 '<tr class="%class%">\
53 <td colspan="4" style="text-align: center;">%text%</td>\
53 <td colspan="4" style="text-align: center;">%text%</td>\
54 </tr>'
54 </tr>'
55 );
55 );
56 </script>
56 </script>
57
57
58 {footer}
58 {footer}
@@ -1,118 +1,118 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: graph</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: graph</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
4 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
4 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
5 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
5 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
6 </head>
6 </head>
7
7
8 <body>
8 <body>
9 <div id="container">
9 <div id="container">
10 <div class="page-header">
10 <div class="page-header">
11 <h1 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / graph</h1>
11 <h1 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / graph</h1>
12
12
13 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
13 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
14 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
14 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
15 <dl class="search">
15 <dl class="search">
16 <dt><label>Search: </label></dt>
16 <dt><label>Search: </label></dt>
17 <dd><input type="text" name="rev" /></dd>
17 <dd><input type="text" name="rev" /></dd>
18 </dl>
18 </dl>
19 </form>
19 </form>
20
20
21 <ul class="page-nav">
21 <ul class="page-nav">
22 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a></li>
22 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a></li>
23 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog{sessionvars%urlparameter}">shortlog</a></li>
23 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog{sessionvars%urlparameter}">shortlog</a></li>
24 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}changelog{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a></li>
24 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}changelog{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a></li>
25 <li class="current">graph</li>
25 <li class="current">graph</li>
26 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
26 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
27 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
27 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
28 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
28 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
29 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a></li>
29 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a></li>
30 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
30 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
31 </ul>
31 </ul>
32 </div>
32 </div>
33
33
34 <h2 class="no-link no-border">graph</h2>
34 <h2 class="no-link no-border">graph</h2>
35
35
36 <div id="noscript">The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</div>
36 <div id="noscript">The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</div>
37 <div id="wrapper">
37 <div id="wrapper">
38 <ul id="nodebgs"></ul>
38 <ul id="nodebgs"></ul>
39 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
39 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
40 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
40 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
41 </div>
41 </div>
42
42
43 <script>
43 <script{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
44 <!-- hide script content
44 <!-- hide script content
45
45
46 document.getElementById('noscript').style.display = 'none';
46 document.getElementById('noscript').style.display = 'none';
47
47
48 var data = {jsdata|json};
48 var data = {jsdata|json};
49 var graph = new Graph();
49 var graph = new Graph();
50 graph.scale({bg_height});
50 graph.scale({bg_height});
51
51
52 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
52 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
53
53
54 this.ctx.beginPath();
54 this.ctx.beginPath();
55 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
55 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
56 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
56 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
57 this.ctx.fill();
57 this.ctx.fill();
58
58
59 var bg = '<li class="bg parity' + parity + '"></li>';
59 var bg = '<li class="bg parity' + parity + '"></li>';
60 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
60 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
61 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
61 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
62
62
63 var tagspan = '';
63 var tagspan = '';
64 if (cur[7].length || cur[8].length || (cur[6][0] != 'default' || cur[6][1])) \{
64 if (cur[7].length || cur[8].length || (cur[6][0] != 'default' || cur[6][1])) \{
65 tagspan = '<span class="logtags">';
65 tagspan = '<span class="logtags">';
66 if (cur[6][1]) \{
66 if (cur[6][1]) \{
67 tagspan += '<span class="branchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
67 tagspan += '<span class="branchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
68 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
68 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
69 } else if (!cur[6][1] && cur[6][0] != 'default') \{
69 } else if (!cur[6][1] && cur[6][0] != 'default') \{
70 tagspan += '<span class="inbranchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
70 tagspan += '<span class="inbranchtag" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
71 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
71 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
72 }
72 }
73 if (cur[7].length) \{
73 if (cur[7].length) \{
74 for (var t in cur[7]) \{
74 for (var t in cur[7]) \{
75 var tag = cur[7][t];
75 var tag = cur[7][t];
76 tagspan += '<span class="tagtag">' + tag + '</span> ';
76 tagspan += '<span class="tagtag">' + tag + '</span> ';
77 }
77 }
78 }
78 }
79 if (cur[8].length) \{
79 if (cur[8].length) \{
80 for (var t in cur[8]) \{
80 for (var t in cur[8]) \{
81 var bookmark = cur[8][t];
81 var bookmark = cur[8][t];
82 tagspan += '<span class="bookmarktag">' + bookmark + '</span> ';
82 tagspan += '<span class="bookmarktag">' + bookmark + '</span> ';
83 }
83 }
84 }
84 }
85 tagspan += '</span>';
85 tagspan += '</span>';
86 }
86 }
87
87
88 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
88 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
89 item += '<a href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '">' + cur[3] + '</a>';
89 item += '<a href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '">' + cur[3] + '</a>';
90 item += '</span>' + tagspan + '<span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
90 item += '</span>' + tagspan + '<span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
91
91
92 return [bg, item];
92 return [bg, item];
93
93
94 }
94 }
95
95
96 graph.render(data);
96 graph.render(data);
97
97
98 // stop hiding script -->
98 // stop hiding script -->
99 </script>
99 </script>
100
100
101 <div class="page-path">
101 <div class="page-path">
102 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
102 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
103 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
103 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
104 | {changenav%navgraph}
104 | {changenav%navgraph}
105 </div>
105 </div>
106
106
107 <script type="text/javascript">
107 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
108 ajaxScrollInit(
108 ajaxScrollInit(
109 '{url|urlescape}graph/{rev}?revcount=%next%&style={style}',
109 '{url|urlescape}graph/{rev}?revcount=%next%&style={style}',
110 {revcount}+60,
110 {revcount}+60,
111 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{ return previousVal + 60; },
111 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{ return previousVal + 60; },
112 '#wrapper',
112 '#wrapper',
113 '<div class="%class%" style="text-align: center;">%text%</div>',
113 '<div class="%class%" style="text-align: center;">%text%</div>',
114 'graph'
114 'graph'
115 );
115 );
116 </script>
116 </script>
117
117
118 {footer}
118 {footer}
@@ -1,59 +1,59 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: shortlog</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: shortlog</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}"/>
4 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
4 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}"/>
5 </head>
5 </head>
6
6
7 <body>
7 <body>
8 <div id="container">
8 <div id="container">
9 <div class="page-header">
9 <div class="page-header">
10 <h1 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / shortlog</h1>
10 <h1 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / shortlog</h1>
11
11
12 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
12 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
13 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
13 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
14 <dl class="search">
14 <dl class="search">
15 <dt><label>Search: </label></dt>
15 <dt><label>Search: </label></dt>
16 <dd><input type="text" name="rev" /></dd>
16 <dd><input type="text" name="rev" /></dd>
17 </dl>
17 </dl>
18 </form>
18 </form>
19
19
20 <ul class="page-nav">
20 <ul class="page-nav">
21 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a></li>
21 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}summary{sessionvars%urlparameter}">summary</a></li>
22 <li class="current">shortlog</li>
22 <li class="current">shortlog</li>
23 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}log{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a></li>
23 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}log{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a></li>
24 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">graph</a></li>
24 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">graph</a></li>
25 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
25 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
26 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
26 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
27 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
27 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
28 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a></li>
28 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a></li>
29 {archives%archiveentry}
29 {archives%archiveentry}
30 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
30 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
31 </ul>
31 </ul>
32 </div>
32 </div>
33
33
34 <h2 class="no-link no-border">shortlog</h2>
34 <h2 class="no-link no-border">shortlog</h2>
35
35
36 <table class="shortlogtable">
36 <table class="shortlogtable">
37 {entries%shortlogentry}
37 {entries%shortlogentry}
38 </table>
38 </table>
39
39
40 <div class="page-path">
40 <div class="page-path">
41 {changenav%navshort}
41 {changenav%navshort}
42 </div>
42 </div>
43
43
44 <script type="text/javascript">
44 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
45 ajaxScrollInit(
45 ajaxScrollInit(
46 '{url|urlescape}shortlog/%next%{sessionvars%urlparameter}',
46 '{url|urlescape}shortlog/%next%{sessionvars%urlparameter}',
47 '{nextentry%"{node}"}', <!-- NEXTHASH
47 '{nextentry%"{node}"}', <!-- NEXTHASH
48 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{
48 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{
49 var m = htmlText.match(/'(\w+)', <!-- NEXTHASH/);
49 var m = htmlText.match(/'(\w+)', <!-- NEXTHASH/);
50 return m ? m[1] : null;
50 return m ? m[1] : null;
51 },
51 },
52 '.shortlogtable > tbody:nth-of-type(1)',
52 '.shortlogtable > tbody:nth-of-type(1)',
53 '<tr class="%class%">\
53 '<tr class="%class%">\
54 <td colspan="4" style="text-align: center;">%text%</td>\
54 <td colspan="4" style="text-align: center;">%text%</td>\
55 </tr>'
55 </tr>'
56 );
56 );
57 </script>
57 </script>
58
58
59 {footer}
59 {footer}
@@ -1,138 +1,138 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: revision graph</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: revision graph</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}: log" />
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}: log" />
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}: log" />
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}: log" />
7 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
7 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
8 </head>
8 </head>
9 <body>
9 <body>
10
10
11 <div class="container">
11 <div class="container">
12 <div class="menu">
12 <div class="menu">
13 <div class="logo">
13 <div class="logo">
14 <a href="{logourl}">
14 <a href="{logourl}">
15 <img src="{staticurl|urlescape}{logoimg}" alt="mercurial" /></a>
15 <img src="{staticurl|urlescape}{logoimg}" alt="mercurial" /></a>
16 </div>
16 </div>
17 <ul>
17 <ul>
18 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">log</a></li>
18 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">log</a></li>
19 <li class="active">graph</li>
19 <li class="active">graph</li>
20 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
20 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
21 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
21 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
22 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
22 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
23 </ul>
23 </ul>
24 <ul>
24 <ul>
25 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}rev/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changeset</a></li>
25 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}rev/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changeset</a></li>
26 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{path|urlescape}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">browse</a></li>
26 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{path|urlescape}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">browse</a></li>
27 </ul>
27 </ul>
28 <ul>
28 <ul>
29 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
29 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
30 </ul>
30 </ul>
31 <div class="atom-logo">
31 <div class="atom-logo">
32 <a href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="subscribe to atom feed">
32 <a href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="subscribe to atom feed">
33 <img class="atom-logo" src="{staticurl|urlescape}feed-icon-14x14.png" alt="atom feed" />
33 <img class="atom-logo" src="{staticurl|urlescape}feed-icon-14x14.png" alt="atom feed" />
34 </a>
34 </a>
35 </div>
35 </div>
36 </div>
36 </div>
37
37
38 <div class="main">
38 <div class="main">
39 <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb}</h2>
39 <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb}</h2>
40 <h3>graph</h3>
40 <h3>graph</h3>
41
41
42 <form class="search" action="{url|urlescape}log">
42 <form class="search" action="{url|urlescape}log">
43 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
43 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
44 <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
44 <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
45 <div id="hint">{searchhint}</div>
45 <div id="hint">{searchhint}</div>
46 </form>
46 </form>
47
47
48 <div class="navigate">
48 <div class="navigate">
49 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
49 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
50 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
50 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
51 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navgraph}
51 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navgraph}
52 </div>
52 </div>
53
53
54 <noscript><p>The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</p></noscript>
54 <noscript><p>The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</p></noscript>
55
55
56 <div id="wrapper">
56 <div id="wrapper">
57 <ul id="nodebgs" class="stripes2"></ul>
57 <ul id="nodebgs" class="stripes2"></ul>
58 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
58 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
59 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
59 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
60 </div>
60 </div>
61
61
62 <script type="text/javascript">
62 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
63 <!-- hide script content
63 <!-- hide script content
64
64
65 var data = {jsdata|json};
65 var data = {jsdata|json};
66 var graph = new Graph();
66 var graph = new Graph();
67 graph.scale({bg_height});
67 graph.scale({bg_height});
68
68
69 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
69 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
70
70
71 this.ctx.beginPath();
71 this.ctx.beginPath();
72 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
72 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
73 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
73 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
74 this.ctx.fill();
74 this.ctx.fill();
75
75
76 var bg = '<li class="bg"></li>';
76 var bg = '<li class="bg"></li>';
77 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
77 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
78 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
78 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
79
79
80 var tagspan = '';
80 var tagspan = '';
81 if (cur[7].length || cur[8].length || (cur[6][0] != 'default' || cur[6][1])) \{
81 if (cur[7].length || cur[8].length || (cur[6][0] != 'default' || cur[6][1])) \{
82 tagspan = '<span class="logtags">';
82 tagspan = '<span class="logtags">';
83 if (cur[6][1]) \{
83 if (cur[6][1]) \{
84 tagspan += '<span class="branchhead" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
84 tagspan += '<span class="branchhead" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
85 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
85 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
86 } else if (!cur[6][1] && cur[6][0] != 'default') \{
86 } else if (!cur[6][1] && cur[6][0] != 'default') \{
87 tagspan += '<span class="branchname" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
87 tagspan += '<span class="branchname" title="' + cur[6][0] + '">';
88 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
88 tagspan += cur[6][0] + '</span> ';
89 }
89 }
90 if (cur[7].length) \{
90 if (cur[7].length) \{
91 for (var t in cur[7]) \{
91 for (var t in cur[7]) \{
92 var tag = cur[7][t];
92 var tag = cur[7][t];
93 tagspan += '<span class="tag">' + tag + '</span> ';
93 tagspan += '<span class="tag">' + tag + '</span> ';
94 }
94 }
95 }
95 }
96 if (cur[8].length) \{
96 if (cur[8].length) \{
97 for (var b in cur[8]) \{
97 for (var b in cur[8]) \{
98 var bookmark = cur[8][b];
98 var bookmark = cur[8][b];
99 tagspan += '<span class="tag">' + bookmark + '</span> ';
99 tagspan += '<span class="tag">' + bookmark + '</span> ';
100 }
100 }
101 }
101 }
102 tagspan += '</span>';
102 tagspan += '</span>';
103 }
103 }
104
104
105 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
105 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
106 item += '<a href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '">' + cur[3] + '</a>';
106 item += '<a href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '">' + cur[3] + '</a>';
107 item += '</span>' + tagspan + '<span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
107 item += '</span>' + tagspan + '<span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
108
108
109 return [bg, item];
109 return [bg, item];
110
110
111 }
111 }
112
112
113 graph.render(data);
113 graph.render(data);
114
114
115 // stop hiding script -->
115 // stop hiding script -->
116 </script>
116 </script>
117
117
118 <div class="navigate">
118 <div class="navigate">
119 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
119 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
120 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
120 <a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
121 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navgraph}
121 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navgraph}
122 </div>
122 </div>
123
123
124 <script type="text/javascript">
124 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
125 ajaxScrollInit(
125 ajaxScrollInit(
126 '{url|urlescape}graph/{rev}?revcount=%next%&style={style}',
126 '{url|urlescape}graph/{rev}?revcount=%next%&style={style}',
127 {revcount}+60,
127 {revcount}+60,
128 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{ return previousVal + 60; },
128 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{ return previousVal + 60; },
129 '#wrapper',
129 '#wrapper',
130 '<div class="%class%" style="text-align: center;">%text%</div>',
130 '<div class="%class%" style="text-align: center;">%text%</div>',
131 'graph'
131 'graph'
132 );
132 );
133 </script>
133 </script>
134
134
135 </div>
135 </div>
136 </div>
136 </div>
137
137
138 {footer}
138 {footer}
@@ -1,93 +1,93 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: log</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: log</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}" />
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}" />
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}" />
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-log" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}" />
7 </head>
7 </head>
8 <body>
8 <body>
9
9
10 <div class="container">
10 <div class="container">
11 <div class="menu">
11 <div class="menu">
12 <div class="logo">
12 <div class="logo">
13 <a href="{logourl}">
13 <a href="{logourl}">
14 <img src="{staticurl|urlescape}{logoimg}" alt="mercurial" /></a>
14 <img src="{staticurl|urlescape}{logoimg}" alt="mercurial" /></a>
15 </div>
15 </div>
16 <ul>
16 <ul>
17 <li class="active">log</li>
17 <li class="active">log</li>
18 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">graph</a></li>
18 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}graph/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">graph</a></li>
19 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
19 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a></li>
20 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
20 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}bookmarks{sessionvars%urlparameter}">bookmarks</a></li>
21 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
21 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a></li>
22 </ul>
22 </ul>
23 <ul>
23 <ul>
24 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}rev/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changeset</a></li>
24 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}rev/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changeset</a></li>
25 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{path|urlescape}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">browse</a></li>
25 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}{path|urlescape}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">browse</a></li>
26 </ul>
26 </ul>
27 <ul>
27 <ul>
28 {archives%archiveentry}
28 {archives%archiveentry}
29 </ul>
29 </ul>
30 <ul>
30 <ul>
31 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
31 <li><a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a></li>
32 </ul>
32 </ul>
33 <div class="atom-logo">
33 <div class="atom-logo">
34 <a href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="subscribe to atom feed">
34 <a href="{url|urlescape}atom-log" title="subscribe to atom feed">
35 <img class="atom-logo" src="{staticurl|urlescape}feed-icon-14x14.png" alt="atom feed" />
35 <img class="atom-logo" src="{staticurl|urlescape}feed-icon-14x14.png" alt="atom feed" />
36 </a>
36 </a>
37 </div>
37 </div>
38 </div>
38 </div>
39
39
40 <div class="main">
40 <div class="main">
41 <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb}</h2>
41 <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb}</h2>
42 <h3>log</h3>
42 <h3>log</h3>
43
43
44 <form class="search" action="{url|urlescape}log">
44 <form class="search" action="{url|urlescape}log">
45 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
45 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
46 <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="{query|escape}" /></p>
46 <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="{query|escape}" /></p>
47 <div id="hint">{searchhint}</div>
47 <div id="hint">{searchhint}</div>
48 </form>
48 </form>
49
49
50 <div class="navigate">
50 <div class="navigate">
51 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
51 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
52 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
52 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
53 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navshort}
53 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navshort}
54 </div>
54 </div>
55
55
56 <table class="bigtable">
56 <table class="bigtable">
57 <thead>
57 <thead>
58 <tr>
58 <tr>
59 <th class="age">age</th>
59 <th class="age">age</th>
60 <th class="author">author</th>
60 <th class="author">author</th>
61 <th class="description">description</th>
61 <th class="description">description</th>
62 </tr>
62 </tr>
63 </thead>
63 </thead>
64 <tbody class="stripes2">
64 <tbody class="stripes2">
65 {entries%shortlogentry}
65 {entries%shortlogentry}
66 </tbody>
66 </tbody>
67 </table>
67 </table>
68
68
69 <div class="navigate">
69 <div class="navigate">
70 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
70 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{lessvars%urlparameter}">less</a>
71 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
71 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{morevars%urlparameter}">more</a>
72 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navshort}
72 | rev {rev}: {changenav%navshort}
73 </div>
73 </div>
74
74
75 <script type="text/javascript">
75 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
76 ajaxScrollInit(
76 ajaxScrollInit(
77 '{url|urlescape}shortlog/%next%{sessionvars%urlparameter}',
77 '{url|urlescape}shortlog/%next%{sessionvars%urlparameter}',
78 '{nextentry%"{node}"}', <!-- NEXTHASH
78 '{nextentry%"{node}"}', <!-- NEXTHASH
79 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{
79 function (htmlText, previousVal) \{
80 var m = htmlText.match(/'(\w+)', <!-- NEXTHASH/);
80 var m = htmlText.match(/'(\w+)', <!-- NEXTHASH/);
81 return m ? m[1] : null;
81 return m ? m[1] : null;
82 },
82 },
83 '.bigtable > tbody',
83 '.bigtable > tbody',
84 '<tr class="%class%">\\
84 '<tr class="%class%">\\
85 <td colspan="3" style="text-align: center;">%text%</td>\\
85 <td colspan="3" style="text-align: center;">%text%</td>\\
86 </tr>'
86 </tr>'
87 );
87 );
88 </script>
88 </script>
89
89
90 </div>
90 </div>
91 </div>
91 </div>
92
92
93 {footer}
93 {footer}
@@ -1,78 +1,78 b''
1 {header}
1 {header}
2 <title>{repo|escape}: graph</title>
2 <title>{repo|escape}: graph</title>
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
3 <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml"
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-tags" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}: tags">
4 href="{url|urlescape}atom-tags" title="Atom feed for {repo|escape}: tags">
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
5 <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml"
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-tags" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}: tags">
6 href="{url|urlescape}rss-tags" title="RSS feed for {repo|escape}: tags">
7 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
7 <!--[if IE]><script type="text/javascript" src="{staticurl|urlescape}excanvas.js"></script><![endif]-->
8 </head>
8 </head>
9 <body>
9 <body>
10
10
11 <div class="buttons">
11 <div class="buttons">
12 <a href="{url|urlescape}log/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a>
12 <a href="{url|urlescape}log/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">changelog</a>
13 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">shortlog</a>
13 <a href="{url|urlescape}shortlog/{symrev}{sessionvars%urlparameter}">shortlog</a>
14 <a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a>
14 <a href="{url|urlescape}tags{sessionvars%urlparameter}">tags</a>
15 <a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a>
15 <a href="{url|urlescape}branches{sessionvars%urlparameter}">branches</a>
16 <a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}/{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a>
16 <a href="{url|urlescape}file/{symrev}/{sessionvars%urlparameter}">files</a>
17 <a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a>
17 <a href="{url|urlescape}help{sessionvars%urlparameter}">help</a>
18 </div>
18 </div>
19
19
20 <h2><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / graph</h2>
20 <h2><a href="/">Mercurial</a> {pathdef%breadcrumb} / graph</h2>
21
21
22 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
22 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
23 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
23 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
24 <p>
24 <p>
25 <label for="search1">search:</label>
25 <label for="search1">search:</label>
26 <input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30">
26 <input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30">
27 navigate: <small class="navigate">{changenav%navgraph}</small>
27 navigate: <small class="navigate">{changenav%navgraph}</small>
28 </p>
28 </p>
29 </form>
29 </form>
30
30
31 <noscript>The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</noscript>
31 <noscript>The revision graph only works with JavaScript-enabled browsers.</noscript>
32
32
33 <div id="wrapper">
33 <div id="wrapper">
34 <ul id="nodebgs"></ul>
34 <ul id="nodebgs"></ul>
35 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
35 <canvas id="graph" width="{canvaswidth}" height="{canvasheight}"></canvas>
36 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
36 <ul id="graphnodes"></ul>
37 </div>
37 </div>
38
38
39 <script type="text/javascript">
39 <script type="text/javascript"{if(nonce, ' nonce="{nonce}"')}>
40 <!-- hide script content
40 <!-- hide script content
41
41
42 var data = {jsdata|json};
42 var data = {jsdata|json};
43 var graph = new Graph();
43 var graph = new Graph();
44 graph.scale({bg_height});
44 graph.scale({bg_height});
45
45
46 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
46 graph.vertex = function(x, y, color, parity, cur) \{
47
47
48 this.ctx.beginPath();
48 this.ctx.beginPath();
49 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
49 color = this.setColor(color, 0.25, 0.75);
50 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
50 this.ctx.arc(x, y, radius, 0, Math.PI * 2, true);
51 this.ctx.fill();
51 this.ctx.fill();
52
52
53 var bg = '<li class="bg parity' + parity + '"></li>';
53 var bg = '<li class="bg parity' + parity + '"></li>';
54 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
54 var left = (this.bg_height - this.box_size) + (this.columns + 1) * this.box_size;
55 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
55 var nstyle = 'padding-left: ' + left + 'px;';
56 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
56 var item = '<li style="' + nstyle + '"><span class="desc">';
57 item += '<a href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '">' + cur[3] + '</a>';
57 item += '<a href="{url|urlescape}rev/' + cur[0] + '{sessionvars%urlparameter}" title="' + cur[0] + '">' + cur[3] + '</a>';
58 item += '</span><span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
58 item += '</span><span class="info">' + cur[5] + ', by ' + cur[4] + '</span></li>';
59
59
60 return [bg, item];
60 return [bg, item];
61
61
62 }
62 }
63
63
64 graph.render(data);
64 graph.render(data);
65
65
66 // stop hiding script -->
66 // stop hiding script -->
67 </script>
67 </script>
68
68
69 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
69 <form action="{url|urlescape}log">
70 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
70 {sessionvars%hiddenformentry}
71 <p>
71 <p>
72 <label for="search1">search:</label>
72 <label for="search1">search:</label>
73 <input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30">
73 <input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30">
74 navigate: <small class="navigate">{changenav%navgraph}</small>
74 navigate: <small class="navigate">{changenav%navgraph}</small>
75 </p>
75 </p>
76 </form>
76 </form>
77
77
78 {footer}
78 {footer}
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now